You are on page 1of 204

PALEOMAGNETIC STUDY

OF SOME OUTCROPPING ROCKS


NORTHEASTERN IRAQ AND ITS
TECTONIC APPLICATIONS

A Thesis
Submitted to the College of Science / University of Baghdad
in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of
Doctorate of Philosophy in
Geology (Geophysics)

BY
Emad Hassan R. Al-Khersan
B.Sc. in Geology (1983-1984)
MSc. in Geophysics (1999)

UNDER SUPERVISION OF:

Dr. Basim R. Hijab Dr. Ezzadin N. Baban


Professor Assistant Professor

July / 2007
Abstract
A Paleocene-Lower Eocene Naoprdan limestone Formation at Chwarta and Zainal
localities, Maastrichtian Aqra limestone Formation at Maukaba and Zardabe localities,
Valanginian-Turonian Balambo limestone Formation at Azmar locality and igneous gabbros
intrusions at Kanaroe and Waraz localities were sampled for paleomagnetic investigations.
(12) hand samples and (200) oriented, mostly limestones, drill cores were collected from these
localities, which are situated at the northeast part of Iraq.
The NRMs were measured using Spinner and Cryogenic Magnetometers that are available
in Baghdad and Oklahoma Universities. Thermal and alternating field demagnetization were
applied on (39) pilot specimens. Following stepwise thermal demagnetization procedures, two
main magnetic components were determined ; X a low-temperature-LT component at (20-200)C
that is regarded as overprint secondary unstable magnetic component with magnetic direction
around the present Earths field; and Y medium - high temperature (MT and HT) component at
(250-600)C which is carried by high coercivity magnetic grains. It shows stable magnetic
component.
Identification of the magnetic minerals which existed within the studied rocks was made by
the assistance of the isothermal remanent magnetization technique for seven samples
conducted in Oklahoma University. It reveals that the remanent magnetization in the Aqra
limestone Formation is of a depositional origin and carried by a detrital magnetite grains. Rock
magnetic analysis indicates that the primary magnetite is the dominant remanence carrying
minerals observed in Maukaba and Zardabe specimens. In Chwarta, Zainal, Azmar, Kanaroe and
Waraz localities, secondary haematite or maghemite is dominant. Chemical alterations could
happened through the geologic time. We can say that the outcrop rocks of these localities are not
good carrier for the paleomagnetic direction. They need more investigation and isolation of their
magnetic components which could be related to some geological events in the past, and it can
not be used for the predication of the paleo-position or the tectonic movements in the area.
Therefore, only results from Maukaba and Zardabe rocks can be consider as reliable
paleomagnetic results. Both of these rocks show stable and reverse paleomagnetic directions.
The overall mean tilt-corrected paleomagnetic directions obtained in this study are
Dec=140.7, Inc=-26.5, K=31.9, N=20, 95=4.5 and Dec=169.3, Inc=-26.3, K=28.5, N=25,
95=6.4 for Maukaba and Zardabe localities respectively. All computed VGPs for these two
localities correspond to a reverse polarity, and the overall mean VGP position of the Maukaba
locality is P lat=44.4 S and Plong=279, which is differ from that of the Zardabe locality (Plat=57.1 S
and Plong=235) with co-latitude (-14) and (-13.9) for these localities respectively. Accordingly,
the paleo-positions of Aqra Limestones basin on Maastrichtian age are 14 N lat and 13.9 Nlat. It
seems that the Neotethys ocean to the north and northeast of studied area was still there during
Maastrichtian age. The closure of this ocean apparently happened some time between the
II

Maastrichtian and Lower Tertiary. The rotational movement of Afro-Arabian plate towards the
northeast part of Iraq causing the closing of the ocean and then the collision with Iranian and
Turkish micro plates. This movement caused the Arabian plate to move about 20 degrees in
latitude. Then this will lead to the latitude positions of 34 N and 33.9 N for Maukaba and
Zardabe locations. However, the present locations of these two localities are 35 40 N and
35 50 N. It noticed that there is about 2 degrees difference between the present locations and
the above calculated locations. This difference could be related to the model of the geocentric
axial dipole and its related calculations or it could be related to other plate movements in Miocene
ages, i.e. the opening of the Red Sea.
The paleo-position of the Aqra Limestone depositional basin clearly suggests that the north
part of Iraq was still in the warm environmental conditions near the equator during Maastrichtian
times. This means that the oil accumulation can be found in rocks of ages for Maastrichtian and
older than Maastrichtian. The paleo-pole positions of Maukaba and Zardabe localities showed
clear difference in their longitude values too, which reflect the difference in the declinations of the
magnetic directions of these rocks. The difference in the declinations probably due to the existed
transverse faults and local tectonic movements. These movements usually indicated by the
divergence of fold axis of Azmar anticline. A reconstruction of this fold axis to its previous
lineation resulted in a coincidence of the Maukaba and Zardabe magnetic declinations to form
a single lineation represents the Azmar fold axis before divergence. This clearly indicates that the
folding and the divergence in the fold axis happened after Aqra Limestones rocks acquired their
primary magnetic directions.
In this study, Aqra Limestones rocks are considered as very good rocks for the purposes of
paleomagnetic studies, because they recorded the paleomagnetic directions and kept them
through the geologic times. Therefore, this formation can be considered as a key horizon used for
paleomagnetic and local or even regional tectonic studies. This will help in reconstructing models
for the tectonics and the structures of the north part of Iraq.
III
Acknowledg ment
First of all with the greatest importance, I would like to thank my GOD for his blessings
without which nothing of my work would have been done.
I wish to express deep gratitude to my supervisors, (Prof. Dr. Basim R. Hijab) and (Assistant
Prof. Dr. Ezadin N. Baban) for their suggestions, guidance and continuous support throughout the
entire thesis. I feel I have really been lucky to be working with them.
My best thanks to the Dean of the College of Science (Prof. Dr. Khalid S. Al-Mukhtar) and
Head of the Department of Geology (Prof. Dr. Saad S. Al-Sheikly) from University of Baghdad for
their generous help and assistance during this work especially offering the available facilities.
Also, I gratefully acknowledge the Dean of the College of Science (Dr. Mohammed J.
Al-Asadi) and Head of the Department of Geology (Dr. Mowafaq F. Al-Shahwan) from
Basrah University for their financial support and constructive comments.
Special thanks to (Dr. Richard D. Elmore) from Oklahoma University (USA) for playing
a major part in conceiving and carrying out the thermal and alternating field demagnetizations for
(20) pilot specimens, in addition to measuring a substantial number of isothermal remanent
magnetization curves in his paleomagnetic laboratory.
My sincere thank to my friends (Dr. Fadel Lawa, Dr. Omer Qadir Shaswar, Rasheed
Ibraheem, Nawzaad Hassan, and Tahir Hamaa) from Geology Department, University of
Sulaimaniya and (Najah Al-Enizy) from Baghdad University for their cooperation and field
assistance in collecting the oriented hand and core samples from the investigated area.
I am deeply indebted to (Dr. Ameen Al-Yasi) for his advices, discussions and encourages
at various times. He helped me in translating many subjects related to this project.
Sincere gratitude is due to (Saffa Al-Janabi, Abbas Al-Azzawi, and Ahmad Al-Shakeri) from
Baghdad University for their help in the identification of the magnetic minerals existence in
polished thin sections. My thanks also extended to (Sameer Najeeb) for his great help in
performing all workshop works.
I would like to thank my friend (Dr. Hayder AL-Dabbagh) from the Ministry of Sciences and
Technology, for his real encourage. He provided me suitable computer software helps in
performing most of the colored drawing maps. Mr. Arsalan Ahmed is also thanked for his great
assistance in plotting the sampling locations map of the study area using advance modern
software concerning with (GIS) aspects.
Finally, I would like to express my special appreciation to my wife for her patience during
the preparation of this research.
IV

List of Contents
Chapter One: Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting
Subject No. Subject Page No.
1.1 Location and Geomorphology 1
1.2 Regional Tectonic Settings 1
1.3 Geological Setting of the Investigated Area 5
1.4 Previous Studies 11
1.5 Aims of the study 14
Chapter Two: Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics
2.1 Preface 16
2.2 Paleomagnetism and Geomagnetism 17
2.3 Origin and Reversals of the Earths Magnetic Field 17
2.4 Geomagnetic Polarity Time Scale (GPTS) 19
2.5 Diamagnetism, Paramagnetism and Ferromagnetism materials 20
2.6 Rock Magnetization 23
2.6.1 Primary magnetization 23
2.6.2 Secondary magnetization 24
2.6.3 Other RMs 24
2.7 Magnetic components 25
2.8 Isolation of magnetic components 26
2.9 Display of tilt-corrected NRM direction 28
2.10 Statistics of paleomagnetic data 30
2.10.1 Computing a mean direction 30
2.10.2 The Fisher distribution 31
2.10.3 Sources of dispersion 32
2.10.4 Statistical tests 33
2.10.4.1 Precision and Standard deviation tests 33
2.10.4.2 A confidence limit 33
2.10.5 Data reliability 34
2.10.6 Paleopole positions 34
2.11 Virtual geomagnetic poles (VGP) 35
2.12 Magnetic Minerals 36
V

Chapter Two: Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics


Subject No. Subject Page No.
2.12.1 Iron oxides 36
2.12.2 Iron-oxyhydroxides 38
2.12.3 Iron-sulfides 38
2.13 Identification of Magnetic Minerals 38
2.14 Carbonate Rocks 39
Chapter Three: Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works
3.1 Field Instruments 40
3.2 Laboratory Instruments 40
3.2.1 Spinner Magnetometer 40
3.2.2 Cryogenic Magnetometer 45
3.2.3 Schonstedt Thermal Demagnetizer, Model TSD-1 46
3.2.4 ASC Model IM-10-30 demagnetizer 47
3.3 Field Work 48
3.3.1 Principles in paleomagnetic sampling 48
3.3.2 Procedure of drilling and sample orientation 49
3.3.3 Paleomagnetic sampling of the area understudy 51
3.4 Laboratory Work 55
3.4.1 Changing coordinate system 55
3.4.2 Noise level 55
3.5 Work difficulties 56
3.5.1 Field work 56
3.5.2 Laboratory work 59
Chapter Four: Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results
4.1 NRM measurements 60
4.2 Pilots analysis 60
4.2.1 Thermal Demagnetization 61
4.2.1.1 Chwarta and Zainal localities 61
4.2.1.2 Maukaba and Zardabe localities 67
4.2.1.3 Azmar Locality 75
4.2.1.4 Kanaroe and Waraz Localities 77
4.2.2 Alternating Field Demagnetization 80
VI

Chapter Four: Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results


Subject No. Subject Page No.
4.3 Initial NRM and Bulk Demagnetization 81
4.3.1 Chwarta and Zainal localities 97
4.3.2 Maukaba and Zardabe localities 101
4.3.3 Azmar locality 107
4.3.4 Kanaroe and Waraz localities 109
4.3.5 All localities 112
4.4 Magnetic Carriers 116
Chapter Five: Interpretation, Conclusions and Recommendations
5.1 Paleomagnetic Interpretation and its relation with tectonics 129
5.2 Conclusions and Recommendations 138
References 143-153
Appendixes A-HH
VII

List of Photo Plates

Plate No. Plate Page No.


Plate 1.1 Balambo Formation exposed at Azmar Mountain 8
Igneous complex (a) Pillow lava (Waraz village), and
Plate 1.2 9
(b) Gabbro (Kanaroe village)
Plate 1.3 Aqra Formation outcrops at Maukaba Village 9
Plate 3.1 Instruments used in field sampling 40
Spinner magnetometer before and after entering the rotating unit
Plate 3.2 42
into the mu-metal shield, also showing the Digico micro-16
2G Enterprises horizontal DC SQUID cryogenic magnetometer
Plate 3.3 45
existed in the University of Oklahoma.
Demagnetizer Model (TSD-1) existed in: (a) Baghdad University
Plate 3.4 47
(Geology Department), and (b) Oklahoma University
ASC Model IM-10-30 demagnetizer existed in
Plate 3.5 48
Oklahoma University
Procedures followed in paleomagnetic sampling in the
Plate 3.6 50
area understudy
Photographs taken in Sulaimaniya governorate on
Plate 3.7 October/2004, showing the sampling area and the 52
assistance team
Paleomagnetic specimens with (a) dimensions and
Plate 3.8 55
(b) laboratory orientations
Igneous rocks collected from Waraz locality (a) broken core
Plate 3.9 57
samples and (b) hand samples
Plate 3.10 Alternation made to the core bit in local markets 58
VIII

List of Figuers
Page
Figure No. Title
No.
Fig.1.1 location map of the studied area 2
Fig.1.2 Tectonic map of Iraq 3
Fig.1.3 Geological map of the most part of the investigated area 6
Geological cross-section connects Sulaimaniya city and Mawat
Fig.1.4 7
complex towards Chwarta district
Fig.2.1 Inclined GAD model 18
Fig.2.2 Geomagnetic Polarity Time Scale (GPTS) 21
Fig.2.3 Types of spin alignment in magnetic materials 22
Distribution of magnetic field components in (a) geographic
Fig.2.4 26
coordinates and (b) Cartesian coordinates
Example represents tilt-corrected magnetic directions of one of the
Fig.2.5 selected pilot specimen (Az 28.5) ,(a) Zijerveld diagram and 30
(b) Lambert equal-area projection
Fig.2.6 Vector addition to eight unit vectors yield resultant vector R 30
Diagrams illustrate (a) determination of a magnetic pole from
Fig.2.7 a magnetic field direction (after Butler, 1992), 35
and (b) determination of Paleolatitude
Fig.2.8 Distribution of important magnetic minerals (TiO2-FeO-Fe2O3) 37
Fig.3.1 Diagram for Spinner Magnetometer 41
Fig.3.2 Sample with six spins for measuring NRM 43
Fig.3.3 Theoretical background for two spins of NRM measurement 43
Fig.3.4 Magnetic components existed in the sample 44
Orientation system for sample colleted by portable
Fig.3.5 51
core drill in situ
Fig.3.6 Sampling Locations base map 53
Fig.4.1 Thermal - demagnetization for (Ch 2.6 and Ch 3.4) pilot specimens 63
Fig.4.2 Thermal - demagnetization for (Z 16.4 and Z 18.4) pilot specimens 64
Fig.4.3 Thermal - demagnetization for (Ch 1.1 and Ch 2.1) pilot specimens 65
Fig.4.4 Thermal - demagnetization for (Z 18.2 and Z 19.5) pilot specimens 66
Fig.4.5 Thermal - demagnetization for (Ma 7.3 and Ma 8.4) pilot specimens 68
Fig.4.6 Thermal - demagnetization for (Ma 9.3 and Ma 11.4) pilot specimens 69
IX

Page
Figure No. Title
No.
Fig.4.7 Thermal - demagnetization for (Zr 21.3 and Zr 25.1) pilot specimens 70
Fig. 4.8 Thermal - demagnetization for (Zr 24.2 and Zr 26.3) pilot specimens 71
Fig.4.9 Thermal - demagnetization for (Ma 9.4 and Ma 10.5) pilot specimens 73
Fig.4.10 Thermal - demagnetization for (Zr 25.2 and Zr 26.2) pilot specimens 74
Fig.4.11 Thermal - demagnetization for (Az 28.5) pilot specimen 75
Fig.4.12 Thermal - demagnetization for (Az 31.4) pilot specimen 76
Fig.4.13 Thermal - demagnetization for (K 13.4 and W 35.1) pilot specimens 78
Fig.4.14 Thermal - demagnetization for (W 35.4) pilot specimen 79
Fig.4.15 AF-demagnetization for (Ch 3.5 and Z 15.4) pilot specimens 82
Fig.4.16 AF-demagnetization for (Ma 7.4 and Ma 8.1) pilot specimens 83
Fig.4.17 AF-demagnetization for (Zr 21.2 and Zr 24.5) pilot specimens 84
Fig.4.18 AF-demagnetization for (K 14.1 and W 35.2) pilot specimens 85
Fig.4.19 AF-demagnetization for (Az 28.3) pilot specimen 86
Lambert equal-area projections show specimens, site mean directions
Fig.4.20 of Chwarta sites before and after bedding corrections(a) initial NRM 98
and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)C
Lambert equal-area projections show specimens, site mean directions
Fig.4.21 of Zainal sites before and after bedding corrections (a) initial NRM 100
and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)C
Lambert equal-area projections show specimens, site mean directions
Fig.4.22 of Chwarta and Zainal sites before and after bedding corrections at 102
initial NRM and thermally cleaned at (250)C
Lambert equal-area projections show specimens, site mean directions
Fig.4.23 of Maukaba sites before and after bedding corrections(a) initial NRM 103
and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)C
Lambert equal-area projections show specimens, site mean directions
Fig.4.24 of Zardabe sites before and after bedding corrections(a) initial NRM 105
and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)C
Lambert equal-area projections show specimens, site mean directions
Fig.4.25 of Maukaba and Zardabe sites before and after bedding corrections 106
(a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)C
Lambert equal-area projections show specimens, site mean directions
Fig.4.26 of Azmar sites before and after bedding corrections(a) initial NRM 108
and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)C
Lambert equal-area projections show specimens, site mean directions
Fig.4.27 of Kanaroe sites before and after bedding corrections(a) initial NRM 110
and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)C
X

Page
Figure No. Title
No.
Lambert equal-area projections show specimens, site mean directions
Fig.4.28 of Waraz sites before and after bedding corrections(a) initial NRM 111
and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)C
Lambert equal-area projections show specimens, site mean directions
Fig.4.29 of Kanaroe and Waraz sites before and after bedding corrections 114
(a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)C
Lambert equal-area projections show specimens, site mean directions
Fig.4.30 of all sites before and after bedding corrections(a) initial NRM and 115
(b) thermally cleaned at (250)C
Representative isothermal remanent magnetization acquisition
Fig.4.31 117
curves for (a) magnetite, (b) haematite and (c) maghemite
Fig.4.32 Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (Ch 3.5) 119
Fig.4.33 Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (Ma 7.4) 120
Fig.4.34 Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (K 14.1) 121
Fig.4.35 Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (Z 15.4) 123
Fig.4.36 Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (Zr 21.2) 124
Fig.4.37 Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (Az 28.3) 126
Fig.4.38 Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (W 35.2) 127
The overall mean directions of the investigated sampling localities
Fig.5.1 after bedding tilt-correction at (250)C projected on: (a) base map 131
and (b) Lambert equal-area
Lambert equal-area projections show the site mean and overall mean
Fig.5.2 of the stable directions of (a) Maukaba and (b) Zardabe specimens 134
when field and bedding tilt-corrections have been applied at (250)C
Showing the divergence in the fold axis of Azmar Mountain and its
Fig.5.3 relation to the difference in the magnetic declinations of Maukaba and 137
Zardabe localities
XI

List of Tables
Page
Table No. Table
No.
Table-1.1 Relative paleomagnetic publications extracted from Internet 13
General paleomagnetic information about hand and core samples
Table-3.1 54
which collected from the studied area
Three NRM measurements and standard deviations for detecting
Table-3.2 57
noise effect purposes
Initial NRMs and magnetic directions after thermally cleaned
Table-4.1 87
at 250C before and after bedding tilt-corrections for all specimens
Mean, overall mean directions and VGPs for all studied sites in
Table-4.2 93
both cases, initial NRM and at 250C
The statistic criteria and VGPs of all sites of the studied locations for
Table-5.1 130
bedding tilt-corrected magnetic directions at (250)C
The overall mean directions and VGPs of the Maukaba and Zardabe
Table-5.2 135
localities after thermally demagnetization at (250)C

List of Appendices
Page
Appendix No. Appendix
No.
Appendix-1 Bedding-tilt correction A
Appendix-2 About Paleomagnetic Analysis Program version 4.0 B
Appendix-3 How to calculate virtual geomagnetic pole (VGP) C
Appendix-4 Physical properties of magnetic minerals E
Appendix-5 Magnetochemical Reactions G
Appendix-6 Field Data of sampling locations H
Appendix-7 Conversion of sample coordinates to geographic elements N
Determination of magnetic Intensity, Declination and Inclination
Appendix-8 P
angles using Quick Basic program
Magnetic directions of (17) pilot specimens after thermal
Appendix-9 R
demagnetization using Spinner magnetometer existed in (Iraq)
Magnetic directions of (10) pilot specimens after thermal
Appendix-10 AA
demagnetization using Cryogenic magnetometer existed in (USA)
Magnetic directions of (10) pilot specimens after Alternating field
Appendix-11 FF
demagnetization using Cryogenic magnetometer existed in (USA)
XII

List of Abbreviations

Abbreviation Meaning
AF Alternating Field
D or Dec Declination
GPTS Geomagnetic Polarity Time Scale
GAD Geocentric Axial Dipole
I or Inc Inclination
Int Magnetic Intensity
Scientific

K Precision Parameter
mAm-1 Milliamper / meter
NRM Natural Remnant Magnetization
R Resultant
VGPs Virtual Geomagnetic Poles
95 confidence Limit
mT MilliTesla
Az Azmar
Ch Chwarta
Locations

Ma Maukaba
W Waraz
Z Zainal
Zr Zardabe
Supervisor's Certification
We certify that the preparation of this thesis (PALEOMAGNETIC STUDY OF SOME
OUTCROPPING ROCKS NORTHEASTERN IRAQ AND ITS TECTONIC APPLICATIONS) was
prepared under our supervision at the Department of Geology, in the University
of Baghdad, in a partial fulfillment of requirements needed to award the degree
of Doctorate of Philosophy in Geology.

Signature: Signature:

Name: Dr. Basim R. Hijab Name: Dr. Ezzadin N. Baban

Title: Professor Title: Assistant Professor

Date: 23 / 5 / 2007 Date: 23 / 5 / 2007

In view of the available recommendation, I forward this thesis for debate by


the examining committee.

Signature:

Name: Dr. Saad S. Al-Sheikly

Title: Professor (Head of Geology Department)

Address: University of Baghdad

Date: 23 / 5 / 2007
Committee Certification
We the examining committee, have read this thesis (PALEOMAGNETIC STUDY OF
SOME OUTCROPPING ROCKS NORTHEASTERN IRAQ AND ITS TECTONIC
APPLICATIONS ) presented by the student (Emad Hassan R. Al-Khersan). We have
examined the student in its content and in what is related to it, and that in our opinion
it is qualified for pursuing the degree of Doctorate of Philosophy in Geology with
specially of Geophysics and estimate of ( Excellent ) on 4 / 7 / 2007.

Signature: Signature:

Name: Tariq S. Al-din Name: Dr. Hussein H. Karim


Title: Professor (Chairman) Title: Professor (Member)
Adress: Building & Construction Eng. Dep.
Adress: University of Baghdad - College of Science
University of Technology
Date: 19 / 7 / 2007 Date: 15 / 7 / 2007
Signature: Signature:

Name: Dr. Dhia A. Al-Mansouri Name: Dr. Ameen I. Al-Yasi


Title: Assistant Professor (Member) Title: Assistant Professor (Member)
Adress: Civil Engineering Department / University Adress: University of Baghdad - College of
of Al- Mustansiriya Science
Date: 15 / 7 / 2007 Date: 19 / 7 / 2007
Signature:

Name: Dr. Ayser M. Al-Shammaa


Title: Assistant Professor (Member)
Adress: University of Baghdad - College of Science
Date: 19 / 7 / 2007

Signature: Signature:

Name: Dr. Basim R. Hijab Name: Dr. Ezzadin N. Baban


Title: Professor (Supervisor) Title: Assistant Professor (Supervisor)
Adress: University of Baghdad - College of Science Adress: Uni. of Sulaimaniya - College of Education
Date: 10 / 7 / 2007 Date: 10 / 7 / 2007

A approved by the Deanery of the College of Science:

Signature:

Name: Dr. Khalid S. Al-Mukhtar


Title: Professor
Dean of the College of Science, University of Baghdad
Date: 22 / 7 / 2007
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

Chapter One
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting
1.1. Location and Geomorphology
The studied area is located at Sulaimaniya governorate, northeastern Iraq
between Iranian borders on the northeast and Sulaimaniya city in the southwest.
The area is positioned between 4525 and 4540 East and 3532 and 3555
North. It is covered by high mountains trending northwest-southeast. In the same
direction and between these mountains exists narrow and wide subsequent strike
valleys (Al-Meheidi, 1975; Karim, 2004). The elevation of the area is ranging
between 790 ma.s.l at Zainal village, and 1472 ma.s.l at Azmar Mountain (Fig.1.1)

1.2. Regional Tectonic Settings


The present-day structural pattern and the individual tectonic units of Iraq are
the results of along-lasting and very complex evolution starting with the
Precambrian orogenies and ending with the latest phases of the Alpine Orogeny
(Buday and Jassim, 1987).The structure and the tectonic evolution of the study area
are strongly influenced by the location of the two Phanerozoic geotectonic units
(Arabian part of the African platform and the Asian branches of the Alpine
geosyncline) and the opening and closing of the Paleotethys and Neotethys
(Hijab et al., 1996a). The nature of the movements of these two units, the type of
their collision is still under debate. According to Buday (1973), both main
geotectonic units are separated into two segments by prominent transverse deep
faults. This fault zone continues towards the ENE and separates in the geosynclinal
area into the west Taraus and east Zagros segments. In Iraq, the Arabian part of the
African platform can be divided into two units as shown in the map constructed by
Al-Kadhimi et al., 1996 (Fig.1.2). They are the stable shelf and the unstable shelf.
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

o ' o ' o ' o o ' o '


45 30 45 40 45 50 46 46 10 46 20

o
36

IRAN

Mawat

Zainal
)
o ' Kanaroe
35 50 Waraz
Waraz

Maukaba
Maukaba

Chwarta
Chwarta
Qala Chwalan
Qalachwalan

Tagaran
Tagran
o '
35 40
Zardabe
Zardabe
Azmar
Azmir

Goizha
Goizha
Dabashan
Dabashan

Suliamanyia

(Fig.1.1) Location map of the studied area (modified from internet, 2006)
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

39 o 41 o 43 o 45 o 47 o

TURKEY
37 o

SYRIA
MOSUL )
35 o
IRAN

Km

33 o BAGHDAD

LEGEND
Gaara block
Al - Borasian & Sinjar blocks
Stable Shelf

Western
Anah block
Subzone
Abu - Jir Subzone
BASRAH
Al - Salman block
Schbicha Subzone
Baseyia block
Mesopotami an Zone
Makhul Subzone
Unstable Shelf

Mosul block - Kolian Subzone Foot hill


Qaser block - Kolian Subzone zone
Kirkuk Subzone KUWAITE
Chemchemal Subzone High folded
Qumchoqa - Rania Subzone Zone SAUDI ARABIA
Shaqlawa - Amadia Subzone
Geosyncline

Rawandoz outer Subzone Imbricated Zone


Inner Subzone (Ridge belt) (Miogeosyn cline)
Northern thrust Zone Euogeosync line
Zagros thrust Zone

(Fig.1.2) Tectonic map of Iraq (Re-constructed from Al-Kadhimi et al., 1996)

The NE boundary of the unstable shelf is not yet precisely ascertained


throughout the area. The reason is partly the insufficient geological data. Based on
the available paleogeographic, structural, orogenic development, and on the type
and areal distribution of the structures, the unstable shelf can be divided into
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

three zones: Mesopotamian zone, Foothill zone and the high folded zone. The high
folded zone is the most external unit of the unstable shelf. It is an extremely mobile
area, which might be characterized as an epiplatform orogenic zone. Buday (1973)
included this zone in the marginal part of the unstable shelf because uninterrupted
miogeosynclinal sequences are evidently missing from this zone. The high folded
zone lacks any geophysical investigations. Similarly, no boreholes have been made
in the area. Therefore, it is difficult to guess the stratigraphy, structure and general
character of the basement.
The Iraqi part of the Alpine geosyncline belt is also divided into three belts:
X the external corresponds to the miogeosynclinal unit and underwent both main
tectogentic phases (Laramide, Early and Late Alpine). It represents the outer part of
the geosynclinal area, and is composed of two subzones Balambo-Tanjero;
represents the outermost unit which was originated from the deposits of the
miogeosynclinal trough; and the northern Ora thrust, that representing the
miogeosynclinal ridges; Y the central belt also subdivided into two subzones:
Qulqula-Khwakurk and Penjwin-Walash. These two subzones correspond roughly
to the Iranian Crush zone; and Z the internal is the innermost metamorphosed unit
of the eugeosynclinal realm in Iraq. It represents the northern thrust zone and it is
developed along the NE borders of the country only (Buday and Jassim, 1987). It is
divided into three zones (Buday, 1973), the external Zagros thrust zone which
represents the non-metamorphosed sediments of the eugeosynclinal furrows and is
composed of the Ophiolitic radiolarian Cretaceous units, and of the Tertiary flysch
and volcanogenic units; and the internal Zagros thrust zone. It comprises the
mostly metamorphosed and non-volcanic Tertiary sediments of the inner
eugeosynclinal ridge. The imbricated zone is the marginal unit of the Alpine
geosyncline in Iraq. Paleogeographically and paleostructurally, this zone represents
the Cretaceous and Paleogene miogeosyncline and Late Tertiary depressions. It is
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

structurally very complex and might include layers of upthrust platform like
overthrust slices. The studied area is situated within both, the high folded and the
imbricated zones.

1.3. Geological Setting of the Investigated Area


According to the tectonic evolution of the studied area as mentioned above, the
region was divided into several units (Fig.1.3). Figure 1.4 shows a cross-
section connects Sulaimaniya city and Mawat complex towards Chwarta district.
According to Al-Meheidi, 1975; Mohammed, 2004) and personal communications
with Prof. Jasim A. Al-Jassim (Baghdad University, Geology department) and
Dr. Kamal H. Karim (Sulamanyia University, Geology department), the geological
units are as follows from older to younger:
1. Qulqula group: (? Albian-Cenomanian)
It consists of alternation and interfingering of red, brown and grey
radiolarian mudstone, shale and chert, grey thin-bedded foraminiferal limestone
(biomicrite) and pebbly conglomerate. It is overlain with angular discordance by
Tertiary Red beds group or the upper Cretaceous Tanjero Formation.
2. Balambo Formation: (Valanginian- Turonian)
It consists of thin beds of white-yellowish marly limestone, rich in many
types of fossils. This formation is widely spreading in all the mountain area. It
represents the core of Azmar Mountain. Major and minor folds and faults were
noticed (Plate-1.1) (Buday, 1980).
3. Kometan Formation: (Turonian-Campanian)
4. Shiranish Formation: (Campanian-Maastrichtian)
The Shiranish Formation grades upwards and tongues laterally to Tanjero
Formation. It consists of grey marl and marly limestone, with abundant
planktonic forams content. The color is mainly bluish, yellowish and
bituminous.
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

)
IRAN

Legend
Red bed series
(Autochthonous M ollase unit)
Naoprdan-W alash series
(Paleogene)
Mawat Shir anish and Tanjer o

Cretaceous
Form ations

Upper
Gabbro

Ultr abasics

Gim o
Lower
Kanaroe Metavolcanic
Cretaceous
Qulqula ser ies

Chwarta

0 2 4 km

(Fig.1.3) Geological map of the most part of the investigated area


(Re-constructed from Al-Meheidi, 1975)

5. Tanjero Formation: (Upper Campanian- Maastrichtian)


It is divided into two members; the lower member which consists of grey,
yellowish silty and sandy marl and shale, calcareous greywake. Thin beds of
arenaceous bioclastic limestone and pebbly sandy conglomerate; and
the upper member form a lenticular sequence of poorly sorted conglomerate. It
exhibits gradational to fairly sharp contact with the lower member.
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

Azmar

(Fig.1.4) Geological cross-section connects Sulaimaniya city and Mawat complex towards Chwarta district
(Re-constructed from Aziz et al., 2001)
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

0 1m

(Plate 1.1) Balambo Formation exposed at Azmar Mountain


Mawat Ophiolite (Nappe):
Ophiolite is defined by a group of maffic and ultramaffic rocks ranging from
spilite and pillow basalt to gabbro and peridotite including rocks rich in
serpentine, chlorite, epidote and albite. Later metamorphism is associated with
an early phase of the development of miogeosyncline. In Mawat-Chwarta area,
the ophiolite complex composed of three members (from top to bottom):
metavolcanic, gabbro and metagabbro, and serpentinized ultramaffic members
(Plate-1.2).
6. Aqra Formation: (Maastrichtian)
The lower contact with Tanjero Formation gradational and where the
conglomerate wedges out tongues laterally into Tanjero marl and shale member.
It is grey-yellowish well bedded bioclastic calcareous, calcareous sandstone and
silty shale (Plate-1.3).
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

(a) (b)

0 0 .5 m

(Plate 1.2) Igneous complex (a) Pillow lava (Waraz village), and
(b) Gabbro (Kanaroe village)

0 1.5 m

(Plate 1.3) Aqra Formation outcrops at Maukaba Village


Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

7. Red bed group: (Paleocene-Pliocene)


It represents major unconformity between Cretaceous and Tertiary. It was
divided into four units: the lower red bed which consists of interbedding of red
and grey calcareous silty shale and claystone, brown radiolarian chert, arenite,
grey lithic arenite, grey detrital limestone and thin beds of pebbly conglomerates
(0-400 m. thick). The sandstone unit (0-300 m. thick); the contact with the lower
red bed in most of the area is marked by thin bed of conglomerate which might
indicates unconformity between the two units. It consists of shallow marine grey
and brown coarse gravel and bedded lithic arenites, serpentine and red silty
claystone. The conglomerate unit consists of a thick lens (0-900 m. thick) of
poorly sorted polymictic conglomerate range from pebble to boulder size; and
the upper red bed unit rests on Qulqula group with angular discordance along
the eastern edge of Mawat range. It is composed of grey red and greenish
calcareous lithic arenite, feldspathic lithic arenite, silty shale and marl,
polymictic conglomerate and thin beds of coral limestone.
8. Walash-Naoprdan : (Paleocene-Lower Eocene)
a. Walash volcanic sequence:
Consists of unmetamorphosed geosynclinal rocks. It is a complex of
volcanic rocks of tuff basaltic rocks, agglomerates and lava flows of basic to
intermediate, grey to red shale, greywake, red limestone and radiolarian
chert. Dikes and sills of diabbase also occur. The basalt shows pillow
structure. Structurally, it is characterized by minor folding and faulting.
Brittle rocks mostly folded and often cut by thrust fault.
b. Naoprdan sequence:
It was divided into flysch unit and numultic limestone unit. The former
unit consists of rhythmic and highly deformed sequence of grey silty shale,
greywake, sandy limestone, pebbly conglomerate and breccia with walash
type volcanic rocks.
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

9. Gimo sequence: (Eocene)


Alternation and interfingering of grey white marble and dark grey
calc-schist with thin sheets of metabasalts in some places. It appears great
lithological resemblances to Qandil series, which belongs to Eocene age.
10. Quaternary sediments:
It comprises from: alluvial plain deposits filling the bottom of the rivers and
the major streams, consists of sandy loam, gravels and pebbles. Near the high
cliffs these deposits are mixed with colluvial debris and boulders.
The colluvial deposits consist of boulder waste, stony debris and sandy-stony
loam; and the terrace deposit consists of conglomerate and loose cemented
clayey and calcareous sediments developed in several levels.

1.4. Previous Studies


Unfortunately, there are very few paleomagnetic studies achieved in Iraq.
Sallomy and Miroslav (1980) collected few samples from the siltstone and
sandstone of the western desert. They did most of the measurements and analysis in
Jordan. The results showed highly scattered magnetic directions. Hijab, (1982)
performed his paleomagnetic investigations about the Jurassic sediments in Iraq.
He collected hundreds of samples from Amij and Ubaid Formations in western
desert and from Barsriean and Noecklekan Formations that outcrop at the NE of
Iraq. They were all of Jurassic age in order to evaluate the tectonic setting of Iraq in
connection with the neighbor countries. He concluded that the NE part of the
country (Alpine geosynclinal belt) was a part of the Iranian plate during the Upper
Jurassic. Moreover, Turkey, Iran, central Afghanistan and Baluchstan were parts of
the Arabian plate during Late Precambrian and Paleozoic times. He did the
reconstruction of the Middle East plates from Early Cambrian up to the Recent with
its tectonic effects on Iraq. Najjar (1989) had performed his paleomagnetic study of
the recent sediments at Basrah city region, southern Iraq in order to determine the
age of these sediments and the tectonic setting of the area. 222 oriented core
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

samples were collected from the recent sediments at Khor Al-Zubair. His results
suggest that the age of recent sediments is more than (0.73) Ma, and the region was
subjected to uplift movements and this tectonic activity is still going on. However,
Al-Khersan (2003) re-evaluated the paleopole geography of the Arab homeland
(including Iraq) and the adjacent countries like Turkey and Iran using performed
paleomagnetic information. He also demonstrated a possible review and theoretical
approach to the tectonics of these countries.

Several studies were carried out dealing with the interpretation of


paleomagnetism of sedimentary rocks such as; Strangway et al. (1971) studied the
paleomagnetic of selected samples collected from Baja Peninsula in California,
USA, in order to illustrate their tectonic activity. This study came to conclude that
the present position of magnetic pole differs from that in Pliocene period. Also,
they interpreted that a local crustal movement occurred in Baja Peninsula relative
to North America continent. Sandy and silty samples from river terraces of Durance
valley, south of France, were studied by Dubar and Semah (1986). They observed
a normal magnetization which could be related to Brunhes period. They also
detected a reversal magnetization which could correspond to Matuyama period,
which means that the river terraces formed during (0.73-1.9) Ma. Barendregt and
Mahaney (1988) studied the sediment samples of Talaky and Hopply valleys in
Kenya Mountains. Reverse and normal magnetizations had been measured; they
were indicated in lower and upper strata respectively. The authors related this
phenomena to the inversion occurred to magnetization during Matuyama and
Brunhes periods, or to an event happened within Matuyama period (Garmelo
period) ranged between (0.9-0.97) Ma, or in Olduvia period (1.87) Ma, or in
Reunion period (2.04-2.12) Ma. In these periods, the inversion in magnetization
was occurred from reversed to normal. Jacobson et al. (1988) detected
a magnetization in sediments of Ohio valley (remanent of Old Ohio Lake) in
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

Virginia, USA. Reversed and normal magnetizations were noticed, the publishers
correspond this to Matuyama and Brunhes periods, more than (0.73) Ma, and not to
the short time of reversed magnetization of Brunhes period. This later hypothesis
was accepted due to the less probable of lake formation during this short time.
Many investigators published their papers on Internet. Table-1.1 below
summarizes some of these publications.
(Table-1.1) Relative paleomagnetic publications downloaded from Internet

The investigators Abstract


Paleomagnetic study of about (2400) samples from nearly (7) km
of core recovered at seven drill sites in the Newark continental drift
basin of eastern north America provides a detailed history of
Kent et al., 1995
geomagnetic reversals and paleolatitudinal motion of about (30) my.
of the Late Triassic and Earliest Jurassic. In addition, a geomagnetic
polarity time scale was constructed.
A paleomagnetic investigation of the St. Francois Mountains
igneous province in southern Missouri provides a key 147616 Ma
paleomagnetic pole for Laurentia. Paleolatitude from younger belt
rocks indicate lower latitude than coeval rocks from elsewhere in
Meert, 2002
Laurentia for which there has been no adequate explanation.
A comparison of the St. Francois Mountain pole with similar-age
poles from Baltica, Siberia and Australia allow first-order tests of
proposed continental configurations.
They resampled part of the cyclic Miocene red bed sequence of
La Gloria (Spain) with high resolution, and used extensive rock-
magnetic analyses to characterize the magnetic remanence carriers.
The behavior of NRM seems to be similar in the cyclic lithologies.
Kruiver et al., 2003 Detailed magnetostratigraphy of the resampled part of the section
indicates that the earlier correlation to the geomagnetic polarity
timescale is no longer tenable. Therefore, the La Gloria section
should no longer be used as a magnetostratigraphic dating tool of
mammal biochronology.
A paleomagnetic study was carried out on recent volcanic rocks
exposed on Deception Island, Antarctica. Sampling comprised all
stratigraphic units' outcrops on the area, which include basaltic,
Baraldo et al., 2003
andestic and trachytic lavas, basaltic dykes and pyroclastic flows. All
of the studied rocks show normal polarity, indicating a Brunhes
Chron age.
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

Continued (Table 1.1)


The investigators Abstract
They report results from (13) paleomagnetic localities
(993 samples collected from 139 sites) of Middle Miocene to
Pliocene sediments of the eastern Carpathians region, the southern
Carpathians region and the activity deforming Bend area located
Nivet et al., 2005 between these two regions. Systematic clockwise pattern of rotation
implies a concentration of the tectonic activity during the Middle to
Late Miocene collision of the Carpathian arc with the European
platform, followed by relative tectonic quiescence through the
Pliocene.
To evaluate the dimension and the timing of the clockwise
rotating domain and the nature of the structures that accommodate
the rotating domain in the western Aegean region, Paleomagnetic
van Hinsbergen et al., 2005 analyses were carried out in northern, western and southwestern
Greece. The results show that the tectonic affects all the regions
included the surrounding of Greece during the rotation phase
occurred in Pliocene-Pleistocene.
Time-stratigraphic interpretations of Late Pliocene to Early
Pleistocene sediments from onshore locations and from marginal
Kuhlmann et al., 2006 marine settings of the North Sea Basin were investigated to correlate
the regional stratigraphic stages independently to the global
chronostratigraphy and the paleomagnetic timescale.
They provide an excellent opportunity to investigate the relative
roles played by climate and tectonics in sedimentary processes
occurred in Late Pliocene to Middle Pleistocene coastal sediments of
northeastern Rhodes (Greece). The tectono-sedimentary
Corne et al., 2006
organization of these deposits is revised in the light of an integrated
study combining data from field investigations, sedimentology, bio-
and magnetostratigraphy, radiometric dating, palaeoecology, and
palynology.

1.5. Aims of the study


The main aims of this study are to:
1. Make paleomagnetic study for the igneous complex of the NE part of Iraq.
These rocks have not been palaeomagneticaly studied and their magnetic
remnants need to be investigated. This study could clear their age problem and
could be of great help in the tectonic study of this area.
2. Make paleomagnetic study for the sedimentary formations in the NE part of
Iraq too.
Location, Tectonics and Geological Setting

3. Compare between the paleomagnetic directions of the igneous and sedimentary


rocks.
4. Use the paleomagnetic results for age dating and tectonic evaluation of the
studied rocks and regions.
5. Locate the paleoposition of the studied area during the geological times.
Chapter Two
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics
2.1. Preface
The study of origin and behavior of the Earths magnetic field is a branch of
geophysics that has received very broad and deep interest over the last few decades.
Because of the magnetic record retained in rocks, geomagnetism is unique among
geophysical sciences in that past fields can also be studied (Baraldo et al., 2003).
Paleomagnetic method is characterized by its speed, simplicity and it is cheaper
than other methods. Moreover, it is very useful in deducing another terms such as
continental drift, sea floor spreading and plate tectonics. At the late 19th century,
many specialized scientific centers were constructed and developed, concerning the
paleomagnetic aspects, the matter which led the former to be considered as an
important tool used for (in addition to the above goals) determining the physical
and mineralogical characteristics of the magnetic rocks and the age of both recent
deposits and the different types of rocks along the geological time scale
(Barendregt, 1985).
Hosper is the first one who used this method in 1951. He tried to study several
sequences of volcanic lavas exposed in Island. Many investigators followed him
since the beginning of the 1970s; they extremely applied this technique on many
materials like sediments, sedimentary rocks (Lvlie et al., 1989) and archeological
materials (Tarling, 1983). The archeological applications in paleomagnetism
provide us a good details about the secular variations occurred in Earths magnetic
field, but it is limited according to the short civilizations appearance and
disappearance as the volcanic lavas associated with the magmatic intrusions do.
However, sediments are certainly representing a continuous record of
magnetization in any time or place (Najjar, 1989).
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

2.2. Paleomagnetism and Geomagnetism


The study of fossil magnetism in rocks is termed paleomagnetism, and is
a means of investigating the history of the geomagnetic field over geological times.
Although, most rock-forming minerals are non-magnetic, almost all rocks exhibit
some magnetic properties due to the presence of various iron oxides as accessory
minerals making up only a few percent of the rock. The magnetization of these
accessory minerals is termed the fossil magnetism, which, if acquired at the time
the rock was formed, may act as a fossil compass and be used to determine both
direction and intensity of the geomagnetic field in the past. The magnetization
measured today at the surface of the earth is composed of two components. These
are the induced magnetization and the remnant magnetization. Paleomagnetism is
concerned with the second one, its direction, intensity, stability and time of
formation (Irving, 1964).
The model adopted for the Earths magnetic field is that of an Geocentric Axial
Dipole (GAD) (Fig.2.1), when averaged over several thousands years, with the
magnetic north pole nearly coincident with the rotation pole (Opdyke and Henry,
1969; McElhinny, 1979 in Hijab, 1982). For such a simple model, the geomagnetic
and geographic axes coincide, as do the geomagnetic and geographic equators. The
intersection of GAD with the earth surface gives the positions of the north and
south geomagnetic poles which differ from the real north and south magnetic poles
positions (Sharma, 1986).

2.3. Origin and Reversals of the Earths Magnetic Field


From historical field measurements and paleomagnetic data, it is clear that the
field morphology changes quickly in geological terms. The implication is that
whatever causes these fast changes are associated with rapid movement somewhere
in the earth. The only reasonable place for this to happen is the outer core which is
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

(N: 78.8, W: 71)

(N: 76, W: 101)

(S: 66, E: 141)

(N: 78.8, E: 109)

(Fig.2.1) Inclined GAD model (after McElhinny, 1973)

known to be fluid (from seismology) that is inferred to be dominantly iron


(from meteorites), and so is electrically conducting. Below a few 10s of
kilometers, the earth is too hot to allow remnant magnetization and the field would
decay rapidly away unless some regeneration mechanism is acting. It needs
therefore a mechanism for converting mechanical energy into magnetic energy and
this is exactly what a dynamo does. The nature of the field existing outer core and
its moveable shape make the Earths magnetic field in someway similar to that
GAD, but this situation is unstable and always subject to a strong variations which
may occur due to the: X External effect: due to falling of meteorites on the earth
surface, a condensate dust will rises and mixed with the surrounding weather, the
matter which caused distinctive decrease in temperature degrees in this region. This
may lead to occur increasingly in the glacial cover and making the moment of the
earth inertia change. Consequently, shear force presented inside the core also vary
and may cause polarity reversal or excursion. Nevertheless, the available evidences
about this modern subject are not certain or crucial (Muller and Morris, 1986 in
Merrill and McFadden, 1988); Y Internal effect: this effect is dealing with the
rotation of the earth axis or the quite change occurs to the energy sources in the
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

outer core. On the other hand, changes happen to the physical properties of the
contact between mantle and core, or mass movements take place within this zone
which may locally isolate part of the temperature and prevent it from flowing
outside outer core. The former makes the stored energy in the outer core so large
and a polarity reversal may notice (Hijab, 1985). GAD may disappear for short
period (due to the situation of the moveable fluid and shape pattern existing in
outer core) and return back to grow again either in reverse direction (reversal in the
Earths magnetic field), or grows in the previous direction (excursion). One of the
important rules in paleomagnetic method used for determining both relative and
absolute ages for the geological materials is the above variation recorded in
sediments. Because of highly depositional rate occurred inside continents, the
ability of the reversal and excursion record became larger and makes it more
convenient to measure in these sediments (Barendregt, 1984b; Tarling, 1983).

2.4. Geomagnetic Polarity Time Scale (GPTS)


Modern development of the geomagnetic polarity time scale was initiated in the
1960s following advances allowing accurate Potassium-Argon (K-Ar) dating of
Pliocene- Pleistocene igneous rocks. In general, igneous rocks with the same age
but from widely separated collecting locations were found to have the same
polarity. Age and magnetic polarity determinations of increasing numbers of
igneous rocks were compiled and led to the development of the first GPTS in the
0 to 5 Ma time intervals. When few age and polarity determinations were available,
polarity intervals were thought to have duration of about 1 m.y. These polarity
intervals were called polarity epochs (Brunhes, Matuyama, Gauss and Gilbert) and
were named after prominent figures in the history of geomagnetism. But it soon
became clear that shorter intervals of opposite polarity occurred within the polarity
epochs. These shorter intervals were called polarity events (Laschamp, Blake,
Jaramillo, Olduvai, Reunion, Kaena, Mammoth, Cochiti, Nunivak, Sidufya and
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

Thvera) and were named after the locality of which they were first sampled. The
polarity epoch and event nomenclature is basically an accident of history but is
retained as a matter of convenience for this portion of the time scale.
A Pliocene- Pleistocene GPTS based primarily on (K-Ar) dating and paleomagnetic
polarity determinations on igneous rocks made by Mankinen and Dalrymple, 1979
is given in (Fig.2.2).
2.5. Diamagnetism, Paramagnetism and Ferromagnetism materials
One of the most important sources of data for paleomagnetic studies of the earth
is the magnetization of rocks and minerals. The study of different properties of
magnetized materials has led to important discoveries that have had an enormous
impact on industry and everyday life, such as the electromagnet. Scientists use the
magnetic record retained in rocks to obtain information about the geomagnetic field
in the past. The magnetic record in rocks is infecting the orientation of magnetic
dipole moments in the rock or mineral along the external field, i.e. the geomagnetic
field (Adrian, 2005).

Diamagnetism is the property of some materials (Water, Copper, Lead and


Diamond) to oppose the external magnetic field. This is because the magnetic
moments caused by the electrons orbiting around the nucleus tend to align in order
to oppose the direction of the field, so that the energy of interaction reaches
a stable minimum (Dunlop and zdemir, 1997). The property of certain materials
(Sodium, Aluminum, Copper Chloride or Liquid Oxygen) to have magnetic
moments of spin that do not cancel within certain magnetic domains called
Paramagnetism. This result in a total magnetic moment due to the unpaired
electronic spins (OReilly, 1984 in Tauxe, 2005a). Some substances give rise to
a magnetic field in the absence of applied field.
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

(Fig.2.2) Geomagnetic Polarity Time Scale


(GPTS). (A) Evolution of the Pleistocene-
Pliocene GPTS between (19631979),
(Re-constructed from McDougall, 1979).
(B) Pleistocene-Pliocene GPTS represents an
igneous rock for which both (K-Ar) age and
paleomagnetic polarity have been determined
(Re-constructed from Mankinen and
Dalrymple, 1979).
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

This magnetization is called Ferromagnetism which caused by strong


interactions between neighboring spins that occur in certain crystals. The
so-called exchange energy is minimized when the spins are aligned parallel or
anti-parallel depending on the details of crystal structure (Tauxe, 2005a; Adrian,
2005). In the transition elements, the 3d-orbital is particularly susceptible to
exchange interactions because of its shape and the prevalence of unpaired spins.
As temperature increases, crystals expand and exchange becomes weaker.
Above a characteristic temperature of each crystal type (known as the Curie
temperature, Tc), cooperative spin behavior disappears entirely and the material
becomes paramagnetic (Tauxe, 2005a and b). There are three categories of spin
alignment: ferromagnetism, ferrimagnetism and antiferromagnetism (Fig.2.3).

Ferromagnetism

Antiferromagnetism

Spin-canted antiferromagnetism

Defect antiferromagnetism

Ferrimagnetism

(Fig.2.3) Types of spin alignment in magnetic materials (after Tauxe, 2005a)


In ferromagnetism, the exchange energy is minimized, when all the spins are
parallel, as occur in pure iron. When spins are perfectly antiparallel
(antiferromagnetism), there is no net magnetic moment, as occurs in illmenite
(Adrian, 2005). Occasionally, the antiferromagnetism spins are not perfectly
aligned in an antiparallel orientation, but are canted by a few degrees. This spin
canting gives rise to a weak net moment, as occurs in haematite (Dunlop and
zdemir, 1997). In addition, antiferromagnetism materials can have a net
moment if spins are not perfectly compensated owing to defects in the crystal
structure, as occurs in fine-grained haematite .The uncompensated spins result
in a so-called defect moment. The temperature at which spins become
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

disordered in antiferromagnetic substances is termed the Nel temperature. In


ferrimagnetism, spins are also aligned antiparallel, but the magnitudes of the
moments in each direction are unequal, resulting in a net moment
(Tauxe, 2005a; Adrian, 2005).

2.6. Rock Magnetization


In situ, magnetization, J, of rocks is the vector of two components, induced
remnant magnetization, Ji and natural remnant magnetization Jr.
J = J + J .......... .......... ........ 2.1
i r
Induced magnetization usually parallels the local geomagnetic field and can be
the dominant component for many rock types. However, acquisition of induced
magnetization is a reversible process without memory of past magnetic fields.
A rock collected from geological formation has a magnetic remanence called
natural remnant magnetization (NRM) which may have been acquired by a variety
of mechanisms. NRM typically is composed of more than one component each
with its own history, primary, secondary and other RMs (Butler, 1992).
2.6.1. Primary magnetization
Primary magnetizations are acquired at, or not significantly later than, the
time of formation of the rocks. Igneous rocks generally contain primary thermal
remnant magnetization (TRM), which develop as the rock cools from the Curie
point to room temperature in the presence of a magnetic field. Above their Curie
temperatures, minerals lose all spontaneous (remanence) magnetizations and
behaved paramagnetically (Hijab, 1982; Tauxe, 2005c).
In sedimentary environments, rocks become magnetized in quite different
manner than igneous bodies. Magnetic detrital particles can become aligned
with the magnetic field while settling in water column and when deposited
retain a detrital remnant magnetization (DRM). But particles may become
re-aligned after deposition in a process called post-depositional remanence
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

magnetization (pDRM) by the action of bioturbation, or other disturbances


(Katari et al., 2000).
In others, primary chemical remnant magnetization (CRM) is developed
through the nucleation and growth of new magnetic minerals at ambient
temperatures. There are several quite different common circumstances in which
this form of remanence can be produced such as: X dehydration of iron
hydroxides to maghemite or haematite (Strangway et al., 1968), Y reduction of
haematite to maghemite (Kobayashi, 1959), Z oxidation of titano-magnetite to
titano-haematite; [ conversion of maghemite to haematite (Porath, 1968).
2.6.2. Secondary magnetization
Secondary remnant magnetizations are those gradually acquired long after
formation of the rock. Important types are late diagenetic chemical and viscous
remnant magnetizations. The magnetization, which is acquired by a specimen
isochemically and isothermally over time, is called a viscous remnant
magnetization (VRM). With time, more and more grains will have sufficient
thermal energy to overcome internal barriers and flip their magnetizations to an
angle more in alignment with the external field. VRM tends to grow according
to the equation below:
VRM = S log (t) ................................. 2.2

Where (t) is the acquisition time (sec), the time over which VRM is
acquired, and (S) is the velocity coefficient depending upon mineralogy, domain
state, grain size and coercivity. Therefore, VRM usually is undesirable noise
(Dunlop and zdemir, 1997).
2.6.3. Other RMs
Remanent magnetism resulting from short-term exposure to strong
magnetizing fields at a constant temperature is referred to as isothermal remnant
magnetization (IRM). The domain walls may move past energy barriers such as
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

lattice imperfections, impurities, etc., which prevent them returning to their


previous positions when the strong field is removed
(Hijab, 1982). Behavior of IRM can be very useful in characterizing the
magnetic mineralogy of a rock (Cox, 1961). Moreover, natural IRM can form as
a secondary component of IRM by exposure to transient magnetic fields of
lightning strikes (Tauxe, 2005c). Also, in carbonate rocks, remnant magnetism
may occur due to biological activities. Magnetic single domains grains were
formed by the action of magnetotactic bacteria in these rocks
(McNeill et al., 1988).

2.7. Magnetic components


In paleomagnetism, the direction of a vector such as the surface geomagnetic
field, H, is usually defined by the directions and angles shown in (Fig.2.4a). The
vector, H, can break into two components: X the vertical component, Hv is defined
as positive downwards (Merrill and McElhinny, 1983), and is given by:
H V = H sin I ............................ 2.3

Where: I is the inclination of H from horizontal, ranging from (-90) to (+90),


and defined as positive downward; and Y the horizontal component, Hh, is the
resultant of two horizontal components in the same plane, the geographic north, HN,
and the east, HE.

H h = H N2 + H E2 = H cos I .......... 2.4

H N = H cos I cos D ..................... 2.5


H E = H cos I sin D ..................... 2.6

Where: D is declination, the angle from HN to Hh ranging from (0) to (360)


positive clockwise. Determination of D and I completely describes the direction of
the geomagnetic field. If the three components are known, the total intensity of the
field is given by:
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

H = H N2 + H E2 + H V2 .......... ...... 2.7

If Cartesian coordinates X1, X2, and X3 were available, they can be transformed
to the more common form of geomagnetic elements D, I and H by using the
equations mentioned below: (Fig.2.4b).
H = x12 + x22 + x32 .......... ........ 2.8
x
D = tan -1 2 .......... .......... ... 2.9
x1
x
I = sin-1 3 ......................... 2.10
H

N(X 1 )
X1
Hh

X2
E(X 2 )

X3

(a) Polar (geographic) coordinates Z(X 3 ) (b) Cartesian coordinates

(Fig.2.4) Distribution of magnetic field components in (a) geographic coordinates


and (b) Cartesian coordinates (modified from McElhinny, 1973)
2.8. Isolation of magnetic components
Certainly, we cannot depend on the paleomagnetic directions unless rocks have
acquired its magnetization towards ambient field during the formation of these
rocks (Doell and Cox, 1967b). The meaning of stability is the resistance of NRM
against variations under different conditions (Irving, 1964). The stable component
is that one which can preserve its original directions for a long geologic periods and
vise versa (Zijerveld, 1967 in Tauxe, 2005e). It is not easy to divide samples into
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

stable and unstable, because rocks or sediments have many natural magnetizations
acquired in different stabilities and directions. The total NRM measured by
magnetometers represents the resultant of these various magnetizations
(Barendregt, 1984b; As and Zijerveld, 1958 in Najjar, 1989). It is not difficult to
imagine the rocks that have been left in the hot sun or buried deep in the crust may
not have their original magnetic vectors intact. Because rocks often contain
millions of tiny magnets, it is possible that some (or all) of these have become
realigned, or that they grew since the rock formed. In many cases, there are still
grains that carry the original remanent vector, but there are often populations of
grains that have acquired new components of magnetization. Through the geologic
time, certain grains may acquire sufficient energy to overcome the magnetic
anisotropy energy and change their direction of magnetization. In this way, rocks
can acquire a viscous magnetization (VRM) in the direction of the ambient field.
Because the grains that carry the VRM necessarily have lower magnetic anisotropy
energies. Their contribution is more easily randomized than the more stable grains
carrying the ancient remanent magnetization.
There are several laboratory techniques that are available for separating various
components of magnetization. Paleomagnetists rely on the relationship of
relaxation time; coercivity and temperature, in order to remove (demagnetize) low
stability remanence components. The most common techniques used in isolating
primary magnetization (Tauxe, 2005e) are:
1. Thermal demagnetization (Thermal cleaning)
The procedure for thermal demagnetization involves heating a specimen to an
elevated temperature (Tdemag) below the Curie temperature of the constituent
ferromagnetic minerals, then cooling to room temperature in zero magnetic fields.
This causes all grains with blocking temperature (TB Tdemag) to acquire
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

a thermoremanent magnetization in H=0, thereby erasing the NRM carried by


these grains for which (TB Tdemag) is randomized.
As described in discussion of VRM (see section 2.6.2), single domain (SD)
grains with short relaxation time, , can acquire VRM, while SD grains with long
, are stable against acquisition of VRM. SD grains with short , also have low TB
and this is the fundamental principle underlying partial thermal demagnetization.
The effectiveness of thermal demagnetization in erasing VRM can be understood
by realizing that thermal demagnetization to (Tdemag TB) of grains carrying VRM
will selectively erase VRM, leaving unaffected the other RMs carried by grains
with longer ( = higher TB ) (Butler, 1992).
2. Alternating magnetic field demagnetization (Magnetic cleaning)
The basis for alternating field (AF) demagnetization is that components with
short relaxation times also have low coercivities. In AF-demagnetization, an
oscillating field is applied to a paleomagnetic sample in a null magnetic field
environment. All the grains moments with coercivities below the peak AF will
tack the field. These entrained moments will become stuck as the peak field
gradually decays below the coercivities of individual grains. Assuming, that there
is a range of coercivities in the other direction; that net contribution to the
remanence will be zero. In practice, we demagnetize samples sequentially along
three orthogonal axes, or while tumbling the sample around axes during
demagnetization (Tauxe, 2005e).

2.9. Display of tilt-corrected NRM direction


If samples have been collected from sites where strata have been tilted by
tectonic disturbance, a bedding-tilt correction is required to determine the NRM
direction with respect to paleohorizontal. Structural attitude of beds at the
collecting site (strike and dip or dip angle and azimuth) must be determined during
the course of fieldwork (see appendix-1) (Marshak and Mitra, 1988 in Butler,
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

1992). Vector directions in paleomagnetism are described in terms of inclination, I,


and declination, D. Visualizing demagnetization data is a three-dimensional
problem and therefore, difficult to plot on paper. Paleomagnetists often rely on a set
of two projections of these vectors using modern paleomagnetic analysis computer
program (ver.4, 2004; see appendix-2). There are:
1. Zijerveld diagram (Orthogonal or Cartesian coordinates):
In these projections, the North component (X1) is plotted versus East (X2)
in one direction, and North (X1) is replotted versus Down (X3) in another
projection (Fig.2.4b) and (Fig.2.5a). In this kind of representation, solid red
points represent the values of declinations ranged from (0-360) clockwise
from north, it means that these points indicate vector end points projected onto
the horizontal plane. Solid blue points are projections on the vertical plane
(inclination values ranged between +90 to -90).
2. Projection on the horizontal plane:
The usual procedure is to view the NRM direction as radiating from the
center of a sphere. The sphere (and the points of intersection of the vectors
with it) is then projected onto the horizontal plane of the page. Various
projection techniques exist, and all have powers and limitations (Butler, 1992).
Two types of projections are commonly used in paleomagnetism;
X equal-angle projection (Stereographic or Wulff Projection); and
Y equal-area projection (Lambert or Schmidt Projection) (Fig.2.5b). The
second one which is used in this study has the property that the area of a cone
of vectors about a central vector will remain constant regardless of the
direction of the central vector. However, the cone will plot as an ellipse on the
equal-area projection, except when the central vector is vertical. The common
convention is to use solid red data points for directions in the lower
hemisphere (positive inclinations), and red open data points (negative
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

inclinations) for directions in the upper hemisphere (Tauxe, 2005e). Values of


inclination in the center and at the circle of the equal-area net are 90 and
zero respectively (Tarling, 1983).

Az 28.5
(a) (b) Downward direction

600
600 500

400

200 300 400


500
400
300
100 300
600
200
NRM 100
200
NRM
100

NRM

(Fig.2.5) Example represents tilt-corrected magnetic directions of one of the selected pilot
specimen (Az 28.5) ,(a) Zijerveld diagram and (b) Lambert equal-area projection
(numbers adjacent to data points are thermal demagnetization temperatures)

2.10. Statistics of paleomagnetic data


2.10.1. Computing a mean direction
The mean of a set of directions is found simply by vector addition (Fig.2.6).
The mean direction is calculated by first converting the individual directions
(Di, Ii) to Cartesian coordinates (X1, X2 and X3) as illustrated above (Fisher, 1953
in Butler, 1992; Tauxe, 2005f).

(Fig.2.6) Vector addition to eight unit vectors yield resultant vector R (after Butler, 1992)
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

X I i = cos I i cos Di .................... ...... 2.11

X 2 i = cos I i sin Di .......... .......... ...... 2.12

X 3 i = sin I i ..................................... 2.13

Where Di, is the declination of the i-vector; Ii, is the inclination of the
i-vector; and X1i, X2i, X3i are the direction cosines of the i-vector with respect to
north (X1), east (X2) and down (X3) directions (Cartesian coordinates). The
direction cosines X1, X2, and X3 of the mean direction are given by:
1 N
X1 = X 1 i .................................. 2.14
R i =1
1 N
X2 = X 2 i .................................. 2.15
R i =1
1 N
X3 = X 3 i .................................. 2.16
R i =1
Where N is the number of data points, and R is the resultant vector with length
R given by:
2 2 2
N N N
R = X 1i + X 2i + X 3i .......... .... 2.17
2

i =1 i =1 i =1

2.10.2. The Fisher Distribution


A probability density function applicable to paleomagnetic directions was
developed by the British statistician R. A. Fisher in 1953, which is known as the
Fisher Distribution, PdA(). Each direction is given unit weight and is presented
by a point on a sphere of unit radius. PdA() gives the probability per unit angle
area of finding a direction within an angular area, dA, centered at an angle ()
from the true mean. Directions are distributed according to the probability density
function (McFadden, 1980 in Butler, 1992).
K
PdA ( ) = exp ( k cos ) ................. 2.18
4 sinh (k)
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

Where is the angle from true mean direction (equals 0 at true mean), and
K is precision parameter, and is a measure of the concentration of the distribution
about the true mean direction.
2.10.3. Sources of dispersion
Paleomagnetic directional data are subjected to a number of factors that lead to
scatter (Tauxe, 2005f). These include:
1. Paleomagnetic errors result between samples belong to the individual site:
a. Uncertainty in the measurement caused by instrument noise or sample
alignment errors.
b. Uncertainties in sample orientation.
c. Uncertainty in the orientation of the sampled rock unit.
d. Variations among samples in the degree of removal of a secondary
component.
e. Effectiveness of period between sample collection and NRM
measurements. Temporary magnetization may occur (Irving, 1964).
2. Paleomagnetic errors result between the all sites belong to the individual rock
unit:
a. Uncertainty caused by the process of magnetization.
b. Secular variation of the Earths magnetic field.
c. Lightning strikes.
d. Existing of local tectonic movements in the area between sites after
primary magnetization acquirement (Tarling, 1967).
e. Mistakes associated to statistical analysis (Irving, 1964).
f. Difference in deposition rate from one place to another or the existence of
local difference in depositional basin (Runcron, 1967b).
g. Several natural factors may affect during the geological history of the
formation of rocks and sediments, such as: temperature (Najjar, 1989).
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

2.10.4. Statistical tests


2.10.4.1. Precision and Standard deviation tests

One measure of the dispersion of a population of direction is the precision


parameter, K. From a finite sample set of directions, K is unknown, but a best
estimate of K can be calculated by:

N -1
K= .......... .......... ......... 2.19
N-R

It can readily be seen that K increases as R approaches N for


a tightly clustered set of directions. The angular variance, S2, of a sample set of
directions is:

S2 =
1 N 2
i =
1 N
(X i X )2 .......... .... 2.20
N - 1 i =1 N - 1 i -1

Where i is the angle between the i-direction and the calculated mean
direction. The square root of S2 gives an estimate of the standard
deviation, S (often called angular dispersion).
2.10.4.2. A confidence limit

For a directional data set with N directions, the angle (1-p) within which the
unknown true mean lies at confidence level (1-p) is given by the equation
below. The usual choice of probability level (1-p) is 0.95 (= 95%) and the
confidence limit usually denoted as 95 .

1

N -R 1 N 1
cos (1- p ) = 95 = 1 - - 1 .......... ...... 2.21
R p

Where P is taken equal to (0.05).


We are supposing that the observed data (mean direction, dispersion estimate,
and a confidence limit) came from random sampling of population of directions
accurately described by the Fisher distribution. But we do not know the true mean
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

of that Fisher population, nor do we know its precision parameter, K. We can


only estimate these unknown parameters. The calculated mean direction of the
directional data set is the best estimate of the true mean direction, while K is the
best estimate of K (Tauxe, 2005f). The confidence limit, 95 is a measure of the
precision with which the true mean direction has been estimated. One is 95%
certain that the unknown true mean direction lies within 95 of the calculated
mean. The obvious corollary is that there is a 5% chance that the true mean lays
more than 95 from the calculated mean (Fisher et al., 1987).
2.10.5. Data reliability
Some of the important factors in reliable information obtained from samples
are:
1. Statistic studies in this field show that to get reliable information, sample
number should not be less than six (Tarling, 1983).
2. The acquired magnetization after the rock formation cannot be relied on in
determining ambient field during rock formation (McElhinny, 1973).
3. If the stable components deduced from thermal demagnetization or
magnetization declined from the present direction of the Earths magnetic
field especially for Quaternary rocks and sediments (Najjar, 1989).
4. If the value of 95 25 (Irving, 1964).
5. K > 10 (Tarling, 1983).
What must be noticed here that this traditional basis in data reliability provided
that the secondary magnetization is stable as the primary one as it exists in
chemical overprint (Hillhouse et al., 1986).
2.10.6. Paleopole positions
By the use of known mean direction (D, I) of the individual site, pole position
can be determine (McElhinny, 1973). There is a relationship exist between the
observed inclination and its angular distance from the magnetic pole. On the other
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

words, it has a relation with the magnetic co-latitude (P = 90-) illustrated by the
following equation:
tan I = 2 tan ...................... 2.22
Where is the magnetic latitude at sampling location (Irving, 1964). If
sampling location has geographic latitude (s) and geographic longitude (s) as in
(Fig.2.7a), thus, the calculated pole position of the site with latitude (p) and
Longitude (p) (Fig.2.7b) is:
p = sin -1 [sin s sin + cos s cos cos D ] ............. 2.23

cos sin D
p = s + sin -1 ................................ 2.24
cos
p
Paleomagnetists assume that the northern latitude and eastern longitude are
positive (Tarling, 1983).

(a)

90
(b)
Inclination

tan lat. = tan Inc.

0 90
Paleolatitude

(Fig.2.7) Diagrams illustrate (a) determination of a magnetic pole from a magnetic field
direction (after Butler, 1992), and (b) determination of paleolatitude (after Tarling, 1983)

2.11. Virtual geomagnetic poles (VGP)


Any pole position that is calculated from a single observation of the direction of
the geomagnetic field is called a Virtual Geomagnetic Pole (VGP). This is the
position of the pole of a geocentric dipole that can account for the observed
magnetic field direction at one location and at one point in time. As in the
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

appendix-3, a VGP can be calculated from an observation of the present


geomagnetic field direction at a particular locality. If VGPs are determined from
many globally distributed observations of the present geomagnetic field, these
VGPs are scattered about the present geomagnetic pole (Cox, 1970 in
Butler, 1992).

2.12. Magnetic Minerals


An essential part of every paleomagnetic study is a discussion of what is
carrying the magnetic remanence and how the rocks got magnetized. Because iron
is by far the most abundant transition element in the solar system, most
paleomagnetic studies depend on the magnetic opaque iron species, the rarely iron-
nickels, iron-oxides (magnetite, maghemite and haematite), iron-oxyhydroxides
(goethite) and iron-sulfides (greigite and pyrrhotite) (Fig.2.8) (Evans and
Heller, 2003) (see appendixes-4 and 5). These mineral species are:
2.12.1. Iron oxides
Magnetite (Fe3O4, Cubic)
Magnetite is ferromagnetic, with Curie point of (580)C (Dunlop and
zdemir, 1997), and a saturation magnetization of (92) Am2kg-1 (OReilly,
1984). Magnetite can occur as primary minerals in igneous rocks. In
sediments, magnetite often occurs as a detrital component, but it can also be
produced by bacteria or authigenically during diagenesis.
Maghemite (8Fe2O3, Cubic)
Maghemite forms by oxidation of magnetite and it has an inverse spinal
structure similar to magnetite, but has a defective lattice. It is metastable and
reverts to haematite, Fe2O3 (rhombohedral), irreversibly on being heated to
temperatures in the range (250) to (750)C. The Curie point, obtained by
extrapolation, is (590-675)C, as far Fe2O3, and the saturation
magnetization is about (74) Am2kg-1 (Dunlop and zdemir, 1997).
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

(Fig.2.8) Distribution of important magnetic minerals (TiO2-FeO-Fe2O3)


(After Butler, 1992)

Ulvospinel (Fe2TiO4, Cubic)


The end member of magnetite-ulvospinel series is ulvospinel which is
paramagnetic at room temperature and antiferromagnetic at low
temperatures, the Nel temperature being (120)K (= -153C).
Haematite (Fe2O3, Rhombohedral)
Haematite is antiferromagnetic but it carries a parasitic ferromagnetism
with a Nel temperature of (675)C, while at temperatures below about
(-20)C (the Morin transition) this intrinsic weak ferromagnetism disappears.
The saturation magnetization is low with a value of (0.4) Am2kg-1
(OReilly, 1984).
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

2.12.2. Iron-oxyhydroxides
Of the many iron oxyhydroxides that occur in any abundance in nature,
goethite (FeOOH) is the most common magnetic phase. It is antiferromagnetic
with what is most likely a defect magnetization. It occurs widely as a weathering
product of iron-bearing solutions. It is metastable under many conditions and
dehydrates to haematite with time or elevated temperature. Dehydration is usually
complete by about (325)C. It is characterized by a very high coercivity but a low
Nel temperature of about (70-125)C. At room temperature, the saturation
magnetization lies in the range (10-3-1) Am2kg-1 (OReilly, 1984).
2.12.3. Iron-sulfides
There are two iron-sulfides that are important to paleomagnetism: greigite
(Fe3S4) and pyrrhotite (Fe7S8-Fe11S12). These are ferrimagnetic and occur in
reducing environments. They both tend to oxidize to various iron oxides leaving
paramagnetic pyrite as the sulfide component (Dekkers, 1989b). The Curie
temperature of monoclinic pyrrhotite is about (325)C (Dekkers, 1989a), and
a saturation magnetization of (0.4- 20) Am2kg-1 (Worm et al., 1993).

2.13. Identification of Magnetic Minerals


The interpretation of the magnetic remanence depends on knowledge of the
origin of the minerals carrying the remanence, and this can come from the study of
the magnetic mineralogy and fabric of a rock. Various techniques are available for
these investigations, using either separated particles or the total rock. The study of
coercivity and saturation magnetization of the rock allows some mineral
identification to be made (Dunlop, 1972; Dankers, 1981).The study of polished
sections on a rock offers the most comprehensive information of both the
composition and physical relationship of the different minerals. Also, X-rays
Paleomagnetic Theory and Statistics

diffraction and electron microprobe analysis can identify possible magnetic


minerals (Najjar, 1989).

2.14. Carbonate Rocks


The development of highly sensitive magnetometers, such as that by Molyneux
(1971) and the even higher sensitivity superconducting magnetometer (Goree and
Fuller, 1976) has increased the attention to lithologies formerly considered too
weakly magnetized to be suitable for paleomagnetic purposes. Among these,
carbonate rocks are of particular interest because they are widely distributed both
geographically and in time and they are of considerable economic importance in
a number of ways, notably as reservoirs for hydrocarbons. It can often be
demonstrated that they have not suffered from the long-term temperature
oxidization, which makes magnetic interpretation difficult in many other sediments.
Many studies like (Klootwijk and Bingham, 1980; Kligfield and Channell, 1981
and Channell et al., 1982 in Hijab, 1982) have shown that although many carbonate
rocks are too weakly and / or unstably magnetized to yield meaningful
paleomagnetic results, a number of different types do contain stable remanence of
sufficient intensity to be measurable. This stable remanence can be carried by
haematite (in red pink limestones; Channell, 1978), magnetite (in pale-dark
limestones; Heller and Channell, 1979), or by both haematite and magnetite
(Lowrie and Alvarez, 1975).
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

Chapter Three
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works
3.1. Field Instruments
The sampling instruments that existed at Geology Department (Baghdad
University) were used to perform paleomagnetic sampling in the study area
(Plate.3.1). It composes of: X portable gasoline-powered drill with diamond
drilling bit; Y water pump; Z non-magnetic slotted tube with an adjustable
platform around the sample (Sun compass); and [ Tank for fuel. In addition to
Brunton compass and geologic hammer.

(Plate 3.1) Instruments used in field sampling

3.2. Laboratory Instruments


3.2.1. Spinner Magnetometer
The Spinner Magnetometer-Model SSM-1A was used for measuring the
magnetic vectors of the core samples. The instrument is available in the Geology
department (Baghdad University). This magnetometer spins the sample to create
a fluctuating electromotive force (emf) which proportional to the magnetization
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

and can be determined relative to the axes defined by the sample coordinate
system. The magnetization along a given axis is measured by detecting the
voltages induced by the spinning magnetic moment within a set of pick-up coils
(Fig.3.1).

Double wound
Pick - up Coil
Specimen

Pre -
Amplifier
Lock in
Amplifier
Phase
shifter
Photo
Cell

180 o Sector
Phase Detector

Lamp

Null Amplitude
Motor

(Fig.3.1) Diagram for Spinner Magnetometer (after McElhinny, 1973)

Spinner magnetometer-model SSM-1A has essentially three parts,


a rotation mechanism, a ring fluxgate, and a small computer (Digico micro-16)
for data capture and processing (Plate-3.2). The fluxgate is surrounded by
a mu-metal shield, which screens the sample and the fluxgate from any ambient
magnetic field. The lowest value of noise which can be achieved on this
instrument is around (510-5 Am-1= 0.05 mAm-1). Apparently, this noise is
relevant to the ambient field and the fluxgate system. The maximum detection
limit of this instrument is high when the ratio between height, h, and diameter, a,
of core sample is (1.5 h/a 2) (Roy, 1967).
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

(Plate 3.2) Spinner magnetometer before and after entering the rotating unit
into the mu-metal shield, also showing the Digico micro-16

The traditional way of measuring sample magnetism is done with six positions
or spins (according to a mark on the specimen). Two positions around each axis
(x, y, and z) (Helsley, 1967) (Fig.3.2), which means that the change in the sample
position is 180 (Runcorn, 1967a) and about each axis with 90. For each spin
from the six, the measuring is done on the two components of the magnetic
moment of the sample, which are located within a vertical plane relative to the
rotation axis (Foster, 1966 in Najjar, 1989). The simple explanation to the
theoretical principle of the six spins is:
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

Arrow towards the Arrow far away from


operator the operator

Spin 1 Spin 2 Spin 3 Spin 4

Arrow towards the


Ring - fluxgate

Spin 5 Spin 6
(Fig.3.2) Sample with six spins for measuring NRM
(modified from Creer, 1967a)
We suppose that sample has three axes (x, y, and z). Let (z) is the axis of the
cylinder (sample) and x-axis is horizontal. The first pair of readings is about
z-axis, for example, as in (Fig.3.3), and if the magnetization component are
perpendicular to z-axis and makes an angle z with x-axis, the instrument will
measure the angles (z = z,a) and {z,b = (360- z)} respectively. Intensity of this
component, Mz must (theoretically) equal to the both readings, This means:


z,a z,b
z z
Mz
Mz

Y

Spin 1 Spin 2

(Fig.3.3) Theoretical background for two spins of NRM measurement


(after Doell and Cox, 1967a)
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

M z,a = M z,b = M z ........................ 3.1

and the best values to z, Mz will be measured by taking the average of the
readings:
z =
1
2
(360 + z,a - z,b )............... 3.2
Mz =
1
2
(M z,a + M z,b ).......... ......... 3.3

and by the same way, we can conclude the quantities, x, Mx, y and My by
a pair of readings about x and y-axes (Doell and Cox, 1967b; Creer, 1967a).
Figure 3.4 shows the relation between these quantities.

+x

Mz
z
+y
x m
m
y M

My

Mx

(Fig.3.4.) Magnetic components existed in the sample


+ z (after Doell and Cox, 1967a)

In order to measure magnetism of the sample (after cleaning the place from the
effects of any magnetic materials), the deflection of the instrument pointers must be
maximum (Roy, 1967). The measurement of each sample (including six spins) lasts
from (15-20) minutes depending on the magnetic moment of the sample
(20 minutes if the magnetic moment is less than 510-5 Am2) (Tarling, 1983).
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

3.2.2. Cryogenic Magnetometer


Another modern magnetometer (not available in Iraq) is the 2G cryogenic
magnetometer with DC squids (Plate-3.3). It is much faster and more sensitive
than spinner magnetometers, but they cost much more to buy and to operate.

(Plate 3.3) 2G Enterprises horizontal DC SQUID cryogenic magnetometer existed in the


University of Oklahoma. Silver cylinder at the back of this plate represents the
AF demagnetizer (From internet, 2006)
The field is initially detected by means of a superconducting pick-up coil.
This is linked by a superconducting lead to a field coil tightly coupled to the
Superconducting Quantum Interference Device (SQUID). There are two sets of
pick-up coils for measurement of NRM along two perpendicular axes. The pick-
up coils and SQUID detectors are shielded from the external magnetic fields by
a niobium-superconducting shield and also one of mu-metal. The output signal
from each SQUID is proportional to the flux change produced by the appropriate
NRM components. These signals are amplified and transmitted to be processed by
a small computer, which then gives the intensity, declination and inclination of
the total moment. The computer also controls the mechanical device, which
lowers and orients the sample to different angular positions in the measuring
position. Under ideal conditions, the lowest noise value which can be achieved by
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

this magnetometer is around (510-6 Am-1). There are two factors could increase
the noise, mechanical vibration and the sample holder (Collinson, 1983 in Butler,
1992). The 2G Enterprises cryogenic magnetometer was equipped with an
alternating-field (AF) demagnetizer in-line with the cryogenic magnetometer that
would allow demagnetization and measurement of the remanent field on the same
run. This kind of instrument was used in this study for measuring (10) pilot
specimens in Oklahoma University.
3.2.3. Schonstedt Thermal Demagnetizer, Model TSD-1
The instrument is available at Department of Geology, Baghdad University. It
consists of two main parts, a part includes two chambers, heating (furnace) and
cooling, and a part representing a unit of operating and control (Temperature
control) as in (plate-3.4). It is used to remove the magnetization of rock samples
by heating to (800)C, then cooling them in a zero magnetic field environment.
Cooling and heating chambers are separated and located at the same level inside
one circumferential shell protecting the sample from the effect of the external
magnetic fields and decrease the reduction and oxidization operations
(Creer, 1967b). During heating of the sample chamber, it is possible to push
specimen holder in the direction of heating chamber directly; it is possible to heat
(10) samples at the same time. The instrument is characterized by the presence of
internal coil removing the magnetization inside cooling chamber to less than
(1) gamma. Heating and cooling cycle lasts about (2.5-3) hours, this relatively
short cycle decreases the chemical reactions to minimum. Samples are put on
a cylindrical tubular plate made of quartz, which accelerates the heating of sample
with (50%) (Tarling, 1983).
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

(b)

(a)

(Plate 3.4) Demagnetizer Model (TSD-1) existed in: (a) Baghdad University
(Geology Department), and (b) Oklahoma University

3.2.4. ASC Model IM-10-30 demagnetizer


The IM-10-30 demagnetizer is ideally suited for IRM and anisotropy of IRM
acquisition studies. The instrument comes with a sample holder which is designed
to hold (1") cubic samples as well as (1") diameter cores in various orientations
(plate-3.5). The sample cavity is large enough to accommodate cubic sample up
to (1.40") and cylindrical sample up to (1.95") (aligned along the coil axis).
The electronics and sample coil are housed in a single high impact ABS plastic
case. Instrument also has interchangeable coils and is capable of generating fields
in excess of (28) K. Gauss for full size paleomagnetic specimens and
(50) K. Gauss for smaller samples. Four different plugs in coils are available with
the capability of accurately generating fields ranging from (30) Gauss to
(50) K. Gauss.
The magnetic field is produced by discharge of energy from a capacitor bank
through a coil surrounding the sample cavity. The capacitor bank is first charged
to the desired voltage (corresponding to the desired field). It is then discharged
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

through the coil very quickly using a high capacity SCR as a switch. Because
very high current levels are involved, the coil and all circuitry are totally
contained in a single case.

(Plate 3.5) ASC Model IM-10-30 demagnetizer existed in


Oklahoma University

3.3. Field Work


3.3.1. Principles in paleomagnetic sampling
There are several goals in sampling rock units. One is to average the errors
involved in the sampling process itself. Another is to assess the reliability of the
recording medium. In addition, we often wish to average the scatter caused by
secular variation of geomagnetic field in order to estimate the time-averaged
paleomagnetic field direction representative of the time that the rock unit acquired
its magnetization. It is recommended to collect: X fresh and unweathered
samples to avoid surface oxidization and lightning effects. So, artificial outcrops
(such as road cuts) thus are preferred convenient locations and best exposures for
paleomagnetic sampling; and Y sampling locations should be far from any
human influences which can able to change the inclination of beds , except those
of tectonic movements.
A rock unit is a sequence of beds in a sedimentary sequence or cooling units
in an igneous complex. Usually a member of a geological formation, an entire
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

formation or even a sequence of formations could be considered as a rock unit. It


is advisable to sample the rock unit at several widely separated localities (perhaps
separated by as much as several hundred kilometers). This procedure avoids
dependence on results from a single locality. A single locality might have been
affected by undetected tectonic complications or geochemical processes that have
altered the ferromagnetic minerals, whereas a region is less likely to have been
systematically affected by these complications.
A site is an exposure of a particular bed in a sedimentary sequence or
a cooling unit in an igneous complex. Multiple sites within a given rock unit
(locality) are needed to provide adequate time sampling of the geomagnetic field
fundamental to most paleomagnetic applications. Drilled core samples
(specimens) are separately oriented pieces of rock. A common practice is to
collect six to eight separately oriented specimens from a site spread over (20) to
(50) cm of outcrop. These specimens can be taken using a gasoline or electric
powered drill. In some localities or with particular lithologies that are not easily
drilled, oriented hand samples could be broken and removed from the outcrops
(Collinson, 1983 in Butler, 1992).
3.3.2. Procedure of drilling and sample orientation
The samples must be oriented before they are removed. There are many ways
to orient a sample; the convenient one is used in this study as shown in
(Plate-3.6): X core samples are drilled by using portable gasoline-powered drill
with diamond drilling bit; a pump is used to force cooling water through the
drilled bit; Yinsert sun compass; Z rotate the slot to the top of the sample and
note the azimuth and hade of the drill direction (into the outcrop) with a sun
and / or Brinton compass, and mark the sample through the slot with a brass or
copper wire; [ extract the sample carefully; \ mark a permanent arrow on the
side of the sample in the direction of the drilling and label the sample with the
sample name; and ] make a note of the name and orientation of the arrow in
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

a field notebook. Procedures for orientation are varied, and no standard


convention exists. However, all orientation schemes are designed to provide an
unambiguous in situ geographic orientation of each sample (Collinson, 1983 in
Butler, 1992).

(Plate 3.6) Procedures followed in paleomagnetic sampling in the area understudy


(this example represents Chwarta locality-Naoprdan Formation).
The z-axis is the core axis (positive z into the outcrop); the x-axis is in the
vertical plane (orthogonal to z); and so the y-axis is horizontal (Fig.3.5). In the
field, sample orientation is determined by measuring: X azimuth of the horizontal
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

projection of the + x-axis clockwise from geographic north (azimuth of x-z plane);
and Y hade of the + z-axis (angle of z from vertical). Laboratory measurements are
made with respect to these specimen coordinate axes (Butler, 1992).

(Fig.3.5) Orientation system for sample colleted by portable core


drill in situ, (after Collinson, 1983 in Butler, 1992)
3.3.3. Paleomagnetic sampling of the area understudy
In spite of the rugged topography, complicated structures and scarps existing
in the whole area, a systematic fieldwork was precisely made. Before sampling,
an observation short trip to Sulamanyia governorate (Plate-3.7) was carried out
for four days in October/2004, in order to identify the proper locations for
paleomagnetic sampling. During this trip, (12) hand samples were collected from
Mawat complex (Pillow lava and Gabbro intrusions) and Aqra limestone
outcrops that located in Maukaba Village. These samples were collected for
preliminary measurements and checking of the magnetic behavior of these rocks.
According to the first laboratory test, the sampling areas were chosen and the aim
of next field trip was established. The samples investigated in this study were
extracted from these locations on approximately six weeks (26/4 to 13/6/2005)
long field trip (Fig.3.6). Commonly, the outcrops extend laterally over a few tens
of meters and in these cases; we drilled typically at least six cores per site from
an area of approximately (0.15) m2, and care was taken into consideration to
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

ensure that the cores from each site were obtained from the same bed. The sites
were distributed throughout each rock unit in different orientations in order to
minimize effects of block tilting and lightning (Alva-Valdivia et al., 2001).

(Plate 3.7) Photographs taken in Sulamanyia governorate on


October/2004, showing the sampling area and the assistance team
(the two supervisors and the geological experts)
The stratigraphic distance between sites was different from one locality to
another depending on the width and thickness of the outcrop. Attitude (strike and
true dip) of the beds were recorded more than once at each sampling locality, so
that the direction of magnetization can be related to the paleohorizontal
(Tarling, 1971). Because all the sedimentary rocks sampled were weakly or very
weakly magnetized, core orientation was carried out using a magnetic compass
after testing that it was not affected by the remanent magnetization of the outcrop
(Tauxe and Clark, 1987; Sandgren et al., 1988). For igneous rocks however, it
was very difficult to obtain a complete core sample. These rocks are highly
fractured and some times metamorphosed. For this reason, very few core samples
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

were collected from these rocks, while (12) hand samples were collected for
laboratory cutting and preparation.
o ' o ' o ' o '
45 20 45 30 45 40 45 50

)
Mawat

Zainal
S15 S14
S16 S17 S13
S18 S19 IRAN o '
Waraz S35 S34 Kanaroe 35 50

Maukaba
S8 S7
S9 S10
S12 S11
D
S2 S1
S3 S4
S6 S5
Chwarta
Qala Chwalan
Tagaran
C o '
35 40
S24 S25S26
Zardabe S27
S23
S21 S22
S20
S33 S32
Azmar S31
S30
S29
S28
Goizha
Dabashan
Suliamanyi a B
A
o '
35 30
Cities and villages Sites locations
Tectonic boundries
(A) Shaqlawa - Amadia subzone (high folded zone)
(B) Qumchoqa - Raina subzone (high folded zone)
(C) Inner subzone - Ridge belt (Imbricated zone)
(D) Zagros thrust zone
(Fig.3.6) Sampling Locations base map (extracted from internet and modified, 2006)

Consequently, during April, May and Jun/2005, (200) core samples were
collected from (35) sites distributed in the region as illustrated in (Table-3.1) and
(appendix-6).
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

(Table-3.1) General paleomagnetic information about hand and core samples which collected from the studied area

Coordinates Bed attitude

samples
No. of

Hand
Elevation Geological No. of
Locality Formation core Sampling date
Latitude Longitude m. (asl) age Strike Dip sites
samples

Chwarta

Lower Eocene
35 43 07 45 31 32 1234 6 35 - 26/4-5/5/2005

Paleocene-
District

30 NW
N 10 E
Naoprdan Lst.
Zainal
Village
35 53 22 45 20 32 790 5 29 - 6-10/5/2005

Pillow Lava 1 5 6

45 NW
Waraz

N 8 E
Village 35 48 25 45 25 16 1041 Unknown 11-14/5/2005
Gabbro 1 5 5

30 NW
N 17 E
Zardabe

Maastrichtian
Village
35 37 44 45 24 32 917 8 46 - 15-24/5/2005
Aqra Lst.

N 23 W

65 NE
Maukaba
Village
35 47 50 45 21 10 817 6 34 1 26/5-2/6/2005

44 NW
N 10 E
Kanaroe
Village
35 49 12 45 31 49 1139 Gabbro Unknown 2 11 - 3-6/6/2005

62 NW
N 42 E
Azmar Valanginian
Mountain
35 34 47 45 25 14 1452 Balambo Lst.
- Turonian
6 35 - 8-13/6/2005
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

3.4. Laboratory Work


Specimens were brought to the workshop in the University of Baghdad
(Geology Department) and trimmed into standard sizes (diameter 2.5cm, and
length 2.5cm), then after, mark a permanent arrow on the side of the specimen,
and also mark site number and specimen number on the top of the specimen
(Plate-3.8).
(a) (b) Arrow drawn in the field onto the top of the core
sample using Solar compass relative to the
present Earth ,s magnetic field

Diameter 2.5 cm
Length 2.5 cm

Arrow drawn in the laboratory far away from the outcrop

(Plate 3.8) Paleomagnetic specimens with (a) dimensions and (b) laboratory
orientations

3.4.1. Changing coordinate system


The sample coordinate system is defined by a right-hand rule , where the
thumb (X1) is directed parallel to an arrow marked on the sample, the index finger
(X2) is in the same plane but at right angles and clockwise to (X1) and the middle
finger (X3) is perpendicular to the other two. Data often must be transformed from
the sample coordinate system into geographic coordinates. This can be done
graphically with a stereonet (Collinson, 1983 in Butler, 1992) (see appendix-7).
3.4.2. Noise level
Due to the lack of paleomagnetic laboratory in Baghdad University, an attempt
was made to locate a suitable place with less noise effect. Hence, three NRM
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

measurements for more than (35) specimens were accomplished using Spinner
Magnetometer, in order to identify the influence of the associated noise caused by
magnetic materials existed surrounding the above instrument. One specimen was
chosen from every site to conduct this process, and on the other hand, another
sample from the same site might properly replace the selected one in case of
abnormal results. In one place (within Geology Department) it appeared that only
(18) samples relatively gave close magnetic intensities; declinations and
inclinations. Standard deviations of declination, inclination and intensity which
calculated for these samples are varying from (1.9-5.3), (2-4.3) and (1.7-7.2)
mAm-1 respectively (Table-3.2), while the remaining specimens have high
standard deviations. On this ground, the suitable place for measurements was
chosen and it is decided to repeat the measurements twice (at least) in order to
reduce noise effect.

3.5. Work difficulties


3.5.1. Field work:
1. Igneous complex (Gabbro and pillow lava) existed in Waraz and Kanaroe
regions within thrusting zone were highly affected by multi-directional faults
and fractures. Thus, it is very difficult to get instant core samples. On the
other hand, these rocks are so hard to be cored. The core bit head truncated
or even separated from the drill pipe when we tried to drill these rocks.
Consequently, only (12) hand samples were collected from the above-
mentioned regions (Plates-3.9).
2. Most of the igneous outcrops appeared to be affected by chemical alteration
and metamorphism. During field reconnaissance, green serpentine and
chlorite minerals were recognized at Waraz and Kanaroe localities
(section 1.3).
3. Balambo Formation outcrops in Azmar mountain is characterized by many
faults and folds, therefore, sampling operations were so hard and radicals.
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

(Table-3.2) Three NRM measurements and standard deviations for


detecting noise effect purposes
Sample No.
1St NRM 2 nd N R M 3 rd N R M Standard deviation
measurements measurements measurements of the mean value

Int. Int. Int. Int.


Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
mAm-1 mAm-1 mAm-1 mAm-1
Ch 1.3 15.6 58.1 0.0435 13.4 54.4 0.0524 11.8 51.2 0.0568 1.9 3.5 7.2
Ch 2.6 297.3 -25.8 0.0377 295 -24 0.0368 300.6 -28.9 0.0471 2.8 2.5 5.7
Ch 3.4 22.5 -34.9 0.0549 18.9 -31.6 0.0626 15.7 -29.5 0.0638 3.4 2.7 4.8
Ma 7.3 121.7 -83.9 0.0523 118.3 -80.1 0.0409 115.9 -78.5 0.0387 2.9 2.8 7.2
Ma 8.4 115.9 -88.4 0.0489 112.3 -85.2 0.0405 113.8 -87.3 0.0453 2.5 2.6 4.2
Ma 9.3 271.2 -80 0.0391 274.3 -84.2 0.0415 280.5 -87.5 0.0466 4.7 3.8 5.2
Ma 11.4 121.2 -80.2 0.0483 113.1 -74.7 0.0436 116.4 -77.1 0.0476 4.1 2.8 2.5
K 13.4 217.6 52.1 133.874 223.4 59.9 133.882 220.1 56 133.880 2.9 4 4.2
Z 15.2 136.7 55.4 0.0682 126.1 46.8 0.0666 131 50 0.0606 5.3 4.3 4
Z 16.3 274.1 75.1 0.0761 269.2 70.4 0.0684 267.5 69.2 0.0633 3.4 3.1 6.7
Z 18.4 310.1 -17 0.0796 312.2 -18.6 0.0754 316 -20.9 0.0806 3 2 2.7
Zr 21.3 254.3 -79.9 1.010 251.4 -76.6 1.002 248.2 -73.7 0.0998 3.1 3.1 6.1
Zr 24.2 153.3 -80.3 0.1259 155.5 -83.9 0.1261 149.1 -78.6 0.1254 3.3 2.7 3.6
Zr 25.1 218.1 -76.9 0.8318 221.5 -79.2 0.8359 225.3 -83.3 0.8374 3.6 3.2 2.8
Zr 26.3 236.9 -66.3 0.1647 239.2 -68.8 0.1624 244 -73.6 0.1658 3.6 3.7 1.7
Az 28.5 159.4 60 0.0804 157.1 56.6 0.0754 155.2 53.3 0.0688 2.1 3.4 5.8
Az 31.5 229.6 19.4 0.0799 225 16.9 0.0764 221.4 14.3 0.0748 4.1 2.5 2.6
W 35.1 1.5 31.4 3.648 2.3 33.7 3.653 5.5 37.5 3.655 2.8 3.1 3.6

(a) (b)

(Plate 3.9) Igneous rocks collected from Waraz locality (a) broken core samples
and (b) hand samples
Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

4. Topographically, the area understudy is rugged and most of the outcrops are
presented as ridges, therefore, it is difficult to be sampled, such as Naoprdan
and Aqra Formations positioned at Chwarta, Zainal and Zardabe regions
respectively.
5. The old field mines widely spotted in the considered area was one of the
biggest and most dangerous difficulties that prevent approaching the
outcrops existed in slops and valleys. So, samples were taken from the
recently roads-cut, especially in Maukaba (Aqra Fn.) and Azmar Mountain
(Balambo Fn.). However, the other samples were collected despite the fact
that such regions are only very short distance from the explosive mines.
6. The lack of a nearly source of water necessary for cooling the drill bit at the
sampling locations leads us to bring water from nearest village (at least one
hour each time). Bearing in mind that the investigated area was so full of
field mines, that it is not easy to get close to the water, which might exist
there.
7. Inability to reach the area understudy during winter from December to the
end of April, because it is covered by snow. The weather is very rainy and
cold, and field conditions are so difficult.
8. Diamond bits of Gasoline-powered drill machine are not available in Iraq. So
alternation was made for the core bit according to what is available in the
local markets (plate-3.10).

(Plate 3.10) Alternation made to the core bit in local markets


Instruments, Field and Laboratory Works

9. Due to vibrations occurred during drilling operations, large rock blocks were
collapsed and fall causing danger. Moreover, snakes and scorpions were
appeared suddenly from fissures many times.
3.5.2. Laboratory work:
1. The igneous hand samples, which were collected from the study area, cannot
be cut as cylindrical core specimens. The laboratory drilling machine for this
purpose is unavailable in Iraq. Instead, few cubic specimens of dimensions
(2.52.52.5) cm were extracted from these rock masses using Oil-cutter
existed in the workshop of the Geology Department.
2. There is no paleomagnetic laboratory with the required specifications
available in Iraq as in other universities. For this reason, we try more than
one time to locate an accurate place to make NRM measurements, which has
less noise effect within the Geology Department. Moreover, each sample
needs about (15-20) minutes to carry out NRM measurements in six-spins.
3. Measurements with the Spinner magnetometer were repeated at least for
twice. This is for more a accuracy and to reduce the noise effect.
4. In this study, we tried to do some measurements outside Iraq and at sound
universities. Oklahoma University staff members agree to cooperate with this
research. They have very advance paleomagnetic laboratories within the
geological department. Twenty pilot specimens were sent to this university
for measuring the NRM and doing the demagnetization analysis with
isothermal remanent magnetization (IRM). This will be double checked and
given more confidence in our results.
Chapter Four
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results
4.1. NRM measurements
Measurements of the natural remnant magnetization (NRM) of samples were
done using Spinner Magnetometer Model SSM-1A (existed in University of
Baghdad-Iraq) and a 2G Enterprises horizontal DC SQUID cryogenic
Magnetometer (existed in Oklahoma University-USA). The period of
measurements carried out in laboratory lasts for about 20 months. The
measurements include (200) core samples. Initial NRM {inclination (Inc);
declination (Dec) and magnetic intensity (Int) values} was first measured for each
specimen. A computer program written in basic language especially prepared for
calculating Dec, Inc, and Int from X and Y components that are taken from the
spinner magnetmeter (see appendix-8), while another advance paleomagnetic
program called GeoCalculator (Version 4.9, 2005) was used for calculating the
magnetic moments and the bedding corrections. Most specimens have relatively
weak to intermediate magnetization (NRM) intensities, which are varying from
(0.004) mAm-1 in specimen (Z 17.3) to (133.88) mAm-1 in specimen (K 13.4)
respectively. This due to the difference in nature and composition of the magnetic
minerals present in rocks.

4.2. Pilots analysis


In order to come to an understanding of the nature of the stable magnetic
components existed in the samples, and the nature of the magnetic minerals which
carry the remnant magnetization, thermal and alternating field demagnetizations
were applied for (39) pilot specimens representing (22) sites out of (35) sites. Pilot
specimens usually chosen randomly from the six specimens of each site. The aim
here is to identify which method is more convenient for the demagnetization
processes (Renne et al., 1988). From the (39) pilot specimens, twenty one
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

specimens were conducted in Oklahoma University (USA), eleven specimens for


thermal and ten specimens for alternating field demagnetizations.
4.2.1. Thermal Demagnetization
Thermal demagnetization analysis was applied for (18) pilot specimens
(Ch 1.3, Ch 2.6, Ch 3.4, Ma 7.3, Ma 8.4, Ma 9.3, Ma 11.4, K 13.4,
Z 15.2, Z 16.4, Z 18.4, Zr 21.3, Zr 24.2, Zr 25.1, Zr 26.3, Az 28.5, Az 31.5 and
W 35.1) using the thermal demagnetizer model (TSD-1) available in Geology
Department, Baghdad University (section 3.2.3). These specimens were heated
and cooled in a laboratory-built, shielded furnace. The demagnetization was
carried out by heating to (50)C and then in (12) steps up to (600)C (except
Az 31.5 that was broken during the heating at 300C) . Unfortunately, the noise
level of the Spinner magnetometer was too high (0.02-0.05 mAm-1) during the
measuring time, therefore, and after (200)C, each step was repeated twice in
order to control the considered noise effect. The results of these analyses are
shown in appendix-9.
As mentioned before, that (11) pilot specimens were sent to Oklahoma
University. These are (Ch 1.1, Ch 2.1, Ma 9.4, Ma 10.5, K 14.3, Z 18.2, Z 19.5,
Zr 25.2, Zr 26.2, Az 31.4 and W 35.4). These specimens were measured using
cryogenic magnetometer with a noise level of (310-6) mAm-1, and demagnetized
by a thermal demagnetizer model (TSD-1) existed in USA. Temperature steps of
(100, 50 and 25)C up to a peak temperature of (600)C were used except
for specimen (K 14.3) that was broken at 250C. The thermal demagnetization
results are listed in appendix-10.
4.2.1.1. Chwarta and Zainal localities (35 43 07N, 45 31 32E and 3553 22N, 45 20 32E)

The magnetic directions of the thermally demagnetized specimens


(Ch 2.6, Ch 3.4, Z 16.4 and Z 18.4) belong to Chwarta and Zainal localities
(Naoprdan limestone Formation), which measured in Baghdad University showed
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

movements away from their initial NRM directions at (50)C (Figs. 4.1 and 4.2).
At (200-250)C, all pilot specimens showed positive shallow to intermediate
inclinations suggesting variable degrees of overprinting in a normal polarity field,
and their declinations were moderate to high clustered, mostly around or near the
North direction. Above this temperature, most magnetization is removed by
(550-570)C, just below the magnetite Curie temperature, and thus maximum
blocking temperature of (580)C. Chwarta and Zainal pilot specimens showed
a gradual drop in their intensities with the temperature increase up to (600)C.
A considerable rise in magnetic intensities was observed at (250)C in pilots
(Ch 2.6, Z 16.4 and Z 18.4), however, pilot specimens (Ch 2.6 and Ch 3.4) have
the intensity increase at (250 and 350)C. The concave shape that existed in the
normalized intensity curves of the pilot specimens (Ch 2.6, Ch 3.4, Z 16.4 and
Z 18.4) at (300)C may represents the conversion of one or more of the magnetic
minerals as a result of the heating.
For pilot specimens which were thermally demagnetized in USA, the magnetic
directions of specimens (Ch 1.1 and Ch 2.1) were moved from their initial NRMs
at (100)C (Fig. 4.3 and 4.4). Specimen (Ch 1.1) shows downward shallow
inclinations at (250)C up to (600)C. The other pilot specimens (Ch 2.1, Z 18.2
and Z 19.5) have moderately to highly downward inclinations with scattered
declinations mostly around the North direction. It reflects the variable stages of
overprinting magnetization. Systematic movements from (250)C up to (600)C
was observed in all Chwarta and Zainal pilot specimens (Reynols et al., 1997).
Here, all pilot specimens demonstrate a gradual drop in their normalized
intensity to a less than (20) % of their initial NRMs between (300-400)C. This is
the indication of maghemitization process that might occur in these temperatures
as Lvlie and Sandnes (1987) concluded before.
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Ch 2.6
Downward direction

NRM

300 600

400 100 300 500


500 200
600 NRM 100
200

600

1
500

Normalized Intensity
400 0.8

300 0.6

200
0.4

100
0.2

NRM 0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

Temperature (degree)

Ch 3.4

Downward direction

500 400
300 200 NRM
600 500
600 100 200
500 400
100
300

300 NRM

100
400
600
200 NRM
1
Normalized Intensity

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

Temperature (degree)

(Fig.4.1) Thermal - demagnetization for (Ch 2.6 and Ch 3.4) pilot specimens showing diagrams and
Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Z 16.4

Downward direction
300 NRM
NRM
400
100
200
600 200
500 300
600
100 NRM 600
400
200
500 500

100
400
300

Normalized Intensity
0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Temperature (degree)

Z 18.4

Downward direction
500
600
600
600
300 NRM
500 400
200

100 500
200 300 100
400 400 NRM
200
300

100

1
Normalized Intensity

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

NRM 0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Tem perature (degree)

(Fig.4.2) Thermal - demagnetization for (Z 16.4 and Z 18.4) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld
diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Ch 1.1
Downward direction

NRM

100 400
NRM 300

100 200

200
600 500
600 500
400
600
1
500
400 300

Normalized Intensity
0.8

300 0.6

0.4
200
0.2

0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
100
NRM Temperature (degree)

Ch 2.1

200
Downward direction
600
400 600
300 NRM
400
300

100
NRM
200 100
500

400
600 300
200
1
Normalized Intensity

0.8
100
0.6

0.4

0.2
NRM
0
0 100 200 300 400 500

Temperature (degree)

(Fig.4.3) Thermal - demagnetization for both (Ch 1.1 and Ch 2.1) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld
diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Z 18.2
Downward direction
NRM
200 100

300
500 400 400
500 300
200
400
NRM
100 500
300
1

Normalized Intensity
0.8

0.6

0.4

200 100 0.2

0
NRM 0 100 200 300 400 500

Temperature (degree)

Z 19.5
Downward direction
500 400 300
600
600
500
200 NRM
400
100
400 300
300 200
600
500 100
200 NRM

1
Normalized Intensity

0.8

0.6
100
0.4

0.2

0
NRM 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Temperature (degree)

(Fig.4.4) Thermal - demagnetization for both (Z 18.2 and Z 19.5) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld
diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

The thermal demagnetization results for Chwarta and Zainal pilot specimens
that have been measured in Baghdad University are consistent to those results of
the Oklahoma University. No significant difference between them is noticed
except the high intensity and inclination values for Oklahoma results.
Analysis of the paleomagnetic results was performed by a visual inspection of
Zijerveld diagrams and determination of component direction by principal-
component analysis (Kirchvink, 1980 in Baraldo et al., 2003). The NRM of the
pilot specimens belong to Naoprdan limestone Formation at Chwarta and Zainal
localities generally consists of three components of magnetization, the first one is
ascribed to a low-temperature-LT (present-day viscous overprint-VRM) that is
usually of small magnitude and readily removed by (100-200)C thermal
demagnetization. It is carried by goethite and magnetite assemblage. Second
medium-temperature-MT component is a ubiquitous ancient secondary
magnetization usually appears at temperature range of (200300)C. The third
high-temperature-HT component is regarded as the characteristic magnetization.
It appears on temperature (300-350)C and up to 600C. It forms rather straight
line in the Zijerveld curves. Although the HT-component shows stable direction
up to (500-600)C, yet these magnetic directions are not consistent among the
pilot specimens.
4.2.1.2. Maukaba and Zardabe localities (35 43 07N, 45 31 32E and 3553 22N, 45 20 2E)

For these pilot specimens measured in Baghdad University, the changes in the
magnetic directions of Maukaba and Zardabe rocks, along with the appropriate
normalized intensity curves are shown in (Figs. 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 and 4.8). Magnetic
direction of the thermal treatment pilot specimen (Ma 11.4) belong to Maukaba
locality (Aqra limestone Formation) shows movement away from its initial NRM
direction at (50)C. Specimens (Ma 7.3, Ma 8.4 and Ma 11.4) show negative
shallow inclinations at (450, 300 and 350)C respectively .
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Ma 7.3
1

NRM

Normalized Intensity
0.8

0.6
400 300 100
0.4
200
0.2

600 500 0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

600 Temperature (degree)


500
200
100
400
300
NRM

400
NRM 100

200

600 500

Upward direction

Ma 8.4
1
Normalized Intensity

100 NRM 0.8


200
0.6

0.4

400 0.2
600 300
0
600 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
200
Temperature (degree)
400
100
300
NRM

200 300
100
NRM
600 400

Upward direction

(Fig.4.5) Thermal - demagnetization for (Ma 7.3 and Ma 8.4) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld
diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Ma 9.3
1

NRM

Normalized Intensity
0.8
300
400 0.6
500
100 0.4
200
600 0.2
600
200 500 0
400 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

Temperature (degree)
300
100

300
400
NRM 600
500

NRM
100 200

Upward direction

Ma 11.4
1
Normalized Intensity

0.8

NRM 0.6
100
0.4

0.2
200
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
300
Temperature (degree)

500 300
400 200
600
600 100
500
NRM
400 300 500
600
400
200

100

NRM
Upward direction

(Fig.4.6) Thermal - demagnetization for (Ma 9.3 and Ma 11.4) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld
diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Zr 21.3
1

Normalized Intensity
0.8
300 NRM
200
400 100 0.6
300 500
400 0.4
NRM 500
100 200 600 600 0.2

0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

Temperature (degree)

600

500 400
NRM
200 100
300

Upward direction

Zr 25.1
1
NRM
Normalized Intensity

0.8

NRM 0.6
200 400 200 100
400 500 0.4
100 300 500 600 300
0.2
600
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

Temperature (degree)

NRM
100 200
400 300

600

Upward direction

(Fig.4.7) Thermal - demagnetization for (Zr 21.3 and Zr 25.1) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld
diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Zr 24.2
1

Normalized Intensity
NRM 0.8
100
500 0.6
200
400 300
0.4
600
200
0.2
NRM 300
100 600
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
500
400 Temperature (degree)

600
500

200 300 400

100
NRM

Upward direction

Zr 26.3
1
Normalized Intensity

NRM 0.8
400 200 100
0.6
300
0.4
400 500
600 0.2

100 300 500 600


NRM 0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
200 Temperature (degree)

600
400 100
300
NRM 200

Upward direction

(Fig. 4.8) Thermal - demagnetization for (Zr 24.2 and Zr 26.3) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld
diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

While the declination values of all pilot specimens show good grouping
around or near the earths south magnetic pole (especially Zr 21.3 and Zr 25.1),
which could suggest reversed polarity components. A systematic behavior of
Zijerveld diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections of all pilot specimens is
noticed above (250-300)C (except Ma 7.3) with the temperature increase up to
(600)C. Gradual drop was occurred in the magnetic intensity values of all pilot
specimens with the increasing temperature up to (600)C. Also, there is a distinct
increase in the magnetic intensities at (250)C for all pilot specimens (except pilot
Ma 8.4 which has highly intensity at 350C).
Figures 4.9 and 4.10 illustrate the Zijerveld diagrams and Lambert equal-area
projections of Maukaba and Zardabe pilot specimens which were thermally
demagnetized in Oklahoma University. It is appeared that the magnetic direction
of the pilot specimen (Ma 9.4) has largely moved further from its initial NRM
direction at (100)C. Moderately to high upward inclinations with good clustering
of the declinations values around the earths south magnetic pole was observed in
all Maukaba and Zardabe pilot specimens (except specimen Zr 25.2 which has
shallow inclinations). A systematic behavior was noticed in Zijerveld diagrams
from (250)C up to (600)C for these specimens too. In other word, the thermal
demagnetization analysis for Maukaba and Zardabe pilot specimens that was
conducted in both Baghdad and Oklahoma Universities reveal same magnetic
results. Up to three main magnetic components can be detected in the thermal
demagnetization analysis: X a present-day field (low-temperature component-
LT) or laboratory overprint (VRM) ranging from (20-200)C; Y a medium-
temperature-MT component ranging from (200-300)C; and Z a high-
temperature-HT from (300-600)C.
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Ma 9.4
1

NRM

Normalized Intensity
0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0
100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
200 Temperature (degree)
300
200 300

600 600
100
NRM 200 NRM
100
300 400
500
600

Upward direction

Ma 10.5
1
Normalized Intensity

NRM 0.8

100 0.6

0.4

0.2

0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Temperature (degree)

NRM
100 200

200 600
300
NRM 400
500
100

200 300 400 300


400
600 600 Upward direction

(Fig.4.9) Thermal - demagnetization for (Ma 9.4 and Ma 10.5) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld
diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Zr 25.2
1

Normalized Intensity
0.8
300 300 200
NRM 400 NRM 0.6
400
100 600 600 100
200
0.4
500 500
0.2

0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Temperature (degree)

400 500
600
300 200
100
NRM

Upward direction

Zr 26.2
1
Normalized Intensity

0.8

100 NRM
0.6

200 0.4

400 0.2
300
500 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Temperature (degree)

600 600
400
NRM
100
300 600
500
200 500

400
300
200
100

NRM
Upward direction

(Fig.4.10) Thermal - demagnetization for (Zr 25.2 and Zr 26.2) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld
diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

4.2.1.3. Azmar Locality (35 34 47N, 45 25 14E)

The normalized intensity versus temperature curve of Azmar pilot specimen


(Az 28.5) (Balambo limestone Formation) shows a gradual drop in intensity
values (Fig.4.11). A proximately 80% loss between the initial NRM and (450)C
was occurred. A normal polarity overprint was suggested in Azmar pilot
specimen at (200-250)C with high downward inclinations and moderately to
high scattered declinations, mostly near the present earths magnetic field. Above
this temperature, most of magnetization is removed by (550)C, which is below
the magnetite Curie temperature or blocking temperature of (580)C.
A systematic magnetic directions behavior of (Az 28.5) is also noticed at (400)C
up to (600)C. The Concave shape which can be noticed in the normalized
intensity curve of this pilot specimen at (250)C may represent the conversion of
magnetite to maghemite, and therefore, a reduction in magnetization intensity.

Az 28.5

Downward direction

600
600 500

400

200 300 400


500
400
300
100 300
600
200
NRM 100
200
NRM
100 1
Normalized Intensity

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2
NRM
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

Temperature (degree)

(Fig.4.11) Thermal - demagnetization for (Az 28.5) pilot specimen showing Zijerveld diagram and
Lambert equal-area projection and the appropriate normalized intensity curve
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

The pilot specimen (Az 31.4) was thermally demagnetized in Oklahoma


University (Fig.4.12). The normalized intensity curve shows a regular drop in the
intensity values of this specimen. The convex shape at temperature (250)C may
indicate a chemical reaction. High downward inclinations with moderately
clustered declinations mostly in southeast direction were observed for this
specimen. Moreover, between (300)C and (600)C, a systematic movement was
noticed in Zijerveld diagram. This suggests that there are many overprinting
components coat the primary magnetization.
It should mention here that the Azmar pilot specimens which were analyzed
in Baghdad and Oklahoma Universities showed the similar thermally behavior,
but magnetic intensity values for Baghdad University analysis results are higher
than the intensity values of Oklahoma University.

Az 31.4
1
Normalized Intensity

600 0.8

200 0.6

600 0.4
500 300
500 0.2
400
0
400
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

NRM Temperature (degree)


300

300 200 400


NRM
600 500
200

NRM

Downward direction

(Fig.4.12) Thermal - demagnetization for (Az 31.4) pilot specimen showing Zijerveld diagram and
Lambert equal-area projection and the appropriate normalized intensity curve
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

The obtained NRM of this rock unit shows either two or three components:
X A low-temperature-LT component was recorded in the temperature range of
(20-200)C; Y Medium-temperature-MT component was recorded from
(200)C to approximately (300)C; and Z The high-temperature-HT
component was recorded from ( 300-600)C. The (LT) component records the
present-day field (VRM) direction as it cleared in pilot specimen (Az 28.5). The
distribution of high-temperature magnetite directions in Azmar pilot specimens is
poorly developed or didnt have consistent magnetic directions.
4.2.1.4. Kanaroe and Waraz Localities (35 49 12N, 45 31 49E) and (35 48 25N, 45 25 16E)

For the pilot specimens that conducted in Baghdad University, the thermal
demagnetization results for specimens (K 13.4 and W 35.1) (Gabbro outcrops in
Kanaroe and Waraz localities respectively) were plotted on an orthogonal vector
diagrams (Zijerveld plots) and Lambert equal-area projections (Fig.4.13) to find
a characteristic (primary) magnetization direction. These pilot specimens showed
a pronounced NRM intensity drop at (300)C and the intensity is often reduced to
less than (60)% from their initial NRMs. A clear increase in the normalized
intensity curves were noticed in these two specimens at (250 and 350)C.
Moreover, at (250)C, these two pilots showed moderate to high downward
inclinations suggesting variable stages of overprinting in a normal polarity field,
however, they have a medium to high scattered declinations almost near the south
and north directions respectively. Above this temperature, most magnetization is
removed by (550-570)C below the blocking temperature of magnetite at (580)C
(Torsvik et al., 2005).
In Oklahoma University, only one pilot specimen (W 35.4) was thermally
demagnetized (specimen K 14.3 was broken at 250C). A distinct drop in
normalized intensity curve of this specimen was recognized at (250)C (Fig.4.14).
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

K 13.4
1

Normalized Intensity
600 600 0.8
500
500 0.6
400
NRM 400 0.4
200
300 300 0.2

100 0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
200
Temperature (degree)

100
NRM 300 400
200
NRM
100

500

600

Downward direction

W 35.1
Downward direction
500 400

600
600 300
NRM 100
500 200 200
500 600 300
100 400
NRM
200
400
300 1
100
Normalized Intensity

0.8

NRM 0.6

0.4

0.2

0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

Temperature (degree)

(Fig.4.13) Thermal - demagnetization for (K 13.4 and W 35.1) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld
diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

W 35.4
Downward direction

600 400
500
600 400 100

NRM 200 300


300 NRM
500 400
100
500 600

300 200
200
100
1

Normalized Intensity
NRM 0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Temperature (degree)

(Fig.4.14) Thermal - demagnetization for (W 35.4) pilot specimen showing Zijerveld diagram and
Lambert equal-area projection and the appropriate normalized intensity curve

The drop behavior was continued gradually from this temperature up to


(600)C. Moderately downward inclinations and scattered declinations mostly
northeast direction may indicate the variable degrees of the unstable vectors
(overprint magnetization occurred from chemical alteration).
In comparison between the results of the thermal demagnetization for the
Waraz pilot specimens in Baghdad and Oklahoma Universities, it appears that
there is a good agreement between these two results. Highly intensity values were
noticed for Kanaroe pilot specimen, which measured in Baghdad University.
Directions of characteristic magnetization components were calculated by
means of principal-component analyses. The presence of a strong magnetic
overprint, most probably of viscous (VRM) origin, is evident in all igneous pilots
specimens and is usually removed at about (250-300)C. Above this temperature,
reasonably good linearity was observed. The major part of remanence is
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

destroyed between (400)C and (500)C, which probably points out to some low-
titanomagnetites as magnetic carreries.

A significant part of remanent magnetization is removed at (100)C, which


may be interpreted as related to the presence of some goethite. Goethite is
generally considered to be a microcrystalline weathering product (zdemir and
Dunlop, 1996). Thus, it carries a secondary magnetization. For this kind of
samples, the primary magnetization was determined at temperature above the
Neels temperature for goethite (about 120C). For these pilot specimens, the
remanent magnetization is almost completely destroyed at (250-300)C, which
may point out to some pyrrhotites as responsible for remanence. These results
suggest that the mineral which carries the stable magnetization has a blocking
temperature of (250-300)C.
4.2.2. Alternating Field Demagnetization
Ten specimens from ten sites (Ch 3.5, Ma 7.4, Ma 8.1, K 14.1, Z 15.4, Z 17.3,
Zr 21.2, Zr 24.5, Az 28.3 and W 35.2) were progressively demagnetized in an
alternating field (AF) with (10) mT increments up to (100) mT. NRM of these
pilot specimens were measured by a cryogenic magnetometer existed in
(Oklahoma University) (See appendex-11). Normalized intensity curves which
plotted for pilot specimens (Ch 3.5, and Z 15.4) reveal that their magnetic
intensities individually lost by (60-80)% from its original intensities when
(60, 50) mT alternating field was applied for these pilots respectively (Fig.4.15).
Also, figures 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, and 4.19 showed that the magnetic intensity values
of pilot specimens (Ma 7.4, Ma 8.1, Zr 21.2, Zr 24.5, K 14.1, W 35.2 and
Az 28.3) were reduced to about (70-80)% from their initial NRM at (60, 60, 90,
80, 40, 20 and 60) mT respectively. This indicates that Paleocene-Lower Eocene
Naoprdan limestone Formation (Chwarta and Zainal localities), and Balambo
limestone Formation (Valanginian-Turonian) at Azmar locality have low to
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

moderate coercivity field with normal polarity. On the other hand, Maastrichtian
Aqra limestone Formation (Maukaba and Zardabe localities) has high coercivity
field (stable component) with reversed polarity. Low-medium coercivity field is
also recognized in igneous complex localities (Kanaroe and Waraz). In most
cases, a normal or reverse polarity component is removed at applied field ranged
between (10-60) mT, which interpreted as a present-day component. After
removal this component, in some cases, no sensible result is satisfactory and the
original magnetization may be partly overprinted as it is clear in pilot (Z 15.4)
below. However the reversal polarity in specimens (Ma 7.4, Ma 8.1, Zr 21.2 and
Zr 24.5) could indicate stable paleomagnetic components. An increase of the
magnetic intensities were noticed when these specimens were subjected to
AF-demagnetization at the low coercivity steps which could mean removal of the
normal overprinting components.

4.3. Initial NRM and Bulk Demagnetization


Thermal demagnetization is chosen in this study for bulk demagnetization of
the remaining (162) samples instead of the AF-demagnetization, because the
AF-demagnetizer instruments are not available in Baghdad University and also
because the thermal demagnetizing analysis show good result that is better than the
AF-demagnetization. The bulk demagnetization is chosen to be (250)C according
to the results of the pilot specimens analysis where most specimens show a removal
of one magnetic component at (250-300)C. After initial measurements of natural
remnant magnetization, all samples were thermally demagnetized at (250)C
(Table-4.1). Table-4.2 summarizes site mean directions, resultant (R), precision
factor (K), circle of confidence (95), co-latitude, virtual geomagnetic pole (VGP)
and the overall mean directions in two cases, the initial NRM and thermally
cleaning at (250)C. These values were obtained with the assistance of the modern
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

paleomagnetic programs named (Georient version 9.2, 2005) and (Super


IAPD, 2000) which downloaded from Internet.

Ch 3.5
1

Normalized Intensity
0.8
NRM
0.6
20 80 100
0.4
60
40 0.2
80
100 40 NRM
60 20 0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Applied Field (mT)

100 60
40
80

20
NRM

Downward direction

Z 15.4
Downward direction
100

60
80 20
40
60
40 40
80 20
100 100
60 80
NRM

20 1
Normalized Intensity

0.8

0.6
NRM
0.4

NRM 0.2

0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Applied Field (mT)

(Fig.4.15) AF-demagnetization for (Ch 3.5 and Z 15.4) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld diagrams and
Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Ma 7.4
1
NRM

Normalized Intensity
0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2
20 40
0
20 0 20 40 60 80 100
60
100 NRM Applied Field (mT)
80 80 40

60
100

60
40 80
NRM 20

100

Upward direction

Ma 8.1
1
Normalized Intensity

0.8

20 0.6

NRM NRM 0.4

40 0.2

0
20 0 20 40 60 80 100
80 60 40
Applied Field (mT)
80
100
60
100 40
20
60
NRM
100

80

Upward direction

(Fig.4.16) AF-demagnetization for (Ma 7.4 and Ma 8.1) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld diagrams
and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves.
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Zr 21.2
1

Normalized Intensity
0.8
NRM
20 0.6
40
60 0.4
100 80
60 0.2
100
0
NRM
20 40
80 0 20 40 60 80 100

Applied Field (mT)

60 40
80 20
100 NRM

Upward direction

Zr 24.5
1.2
NRM 1
Normalized Intensity

NRM 20
40
40 60 0.8
20
60 80 100 0.6
80
100
0.4

0.2

0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Applied Field (mT)

100

80
40
60
NRM
20

Upward direction

(Fig.4.17) AF-demagnetization for (Zr 21.2 and Zr 24.5) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld diagrams
and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

K 14.1
1

Normalized Intensity
0.8
40 100
20 0.6

100 40 0.4
20
0.2

0
NRM 0 20 40 60 80 100

Applied Field (mT)

100
NRM 40
60
20

NRM

Downward direction

W35.2
Downward direction
NRM
40 20
60

100 80

100

80 60 80
40 100
20
NRM
60

40
Normalized Intensity

0.8

0.6

20 0.4

0.2

NRM 0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Applied Field (mT)

(Fig.4.18) AF-demagnetization for (K 14.1 and W 35.2) pilot specimens showing Zijerveld
diagrams and Lambert equal-area projections and their appropriate normalized intensity curves
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Az 28.3
1

Normalized Intensity
0.8

0.6

100 0.4
100
0.2
80
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
80
Applied Field (mT)
60
40 40 20
60 NRM
20 100 80
60

NRM
40

20
NRM

Downward direction

(Fig.4.19) AF-demagnetization for (Az 28.3) pilot specimen showing Zijerveld diagram and Lambert
equal-area projection and the appropriate normalized intensity curve
(Table-4.1) Initial NRMs and magnetic directions after thermally cleaned at 250C
before and after bedding tilt-corrections for all specimens (shadow rows represent pilot specimens conducted in USA)
Initial NRM Magnetic directions at 250 C

Sample No.
Locality /

Site No.
attitude
Before field Intensity Before field Intensity
Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Field-corrected Tilt-corrected
correction (mAm-1) correction (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
Ch 1.1 211.8 -53 323.6 7.6 331.6 28.4 0.612 353.6 -52.8 34.4 15 38.7 1.9 0.212
Ch 1.2 317.8 12.2 297.1 73.7 82.5 75.1 0.0505 310.2 34.3 348.1 59.8 40.1 57.3 0.0391
1 Ch 1.3 13.4 54.4 249.5 48.5 210.3 69.6 0.0524 103.6 -29.1 196.6 59.4 153.4 51.9 0.0377
Ch 1.4 190 26 64 10 243.5 -14 0.0480 134 24 120 44 115.6 15.4 0.0293
Ch 1.5 181 -50 273 30 268.2 60.2 0.0511 219.3 -51.2 332.5 19.8 346.4 35.2 0.0316
Ch 1.6 209.7 -26 309.1 31.6 327.3 56.4 0.0481 135.1 -52 212.1 10.5 204.1 20.5 0.0276
Ch 2.1 322.4 -15.5 326.3 45.9 4.6 60.2 0.0700 167.2 13.5 356.7 81.4 83.6 61.4 0.0170
Ch 2.2 184.3 -69.6 6.6 -2.6 8.8 -4.1 0.0401 58.5 44.3 309.7 26.7 325.1 51.2 0.0266
Ch 2.3 259.6 -9.5 99.2 -2.7 279.1 27.7 0.0327 96 35.6 241.8 28.7 223.3 50.5 0.0243
2
Ch 2.4 217.2 28.7 110.9 32.2 109.4 3.6 0.0304 243.9 36 56.2 13.4 237.4 -9.8 0.0209
Chwarta / (Strike: N 10 E Dip: 30 NW)

Ch 2.5 118.6 -19 129.7 23 307.5 -4.6 0.0418 256 -36.1 57.1 -15.8 239.2 7.6 0.0224
Ch 2.6 297.3 -25.8 312.1 20.1 324.1 44.6 0.0377 294.1 -29.7 313.2 15.4 323.1 39.5 0.0289
Ch 3.1 108 55 327 13 337.2 32.4 0.0521 88.8 51 317.6 21 331.5 43.2 0.0399
Ch 3.2 77.5 -51.4 219.5 -14 209.6 -27.6 0.0586 93 56 325 15 336.1 34.4 0.0425
Ch 3.3 164 -61 172 0 354.3 -9.8 0.0562 120.2 -29.6 130.4 8.8 312.7 -17.4 0.0385
3
Ch 3.4 18.9 -31.6 17.3 22.9 27.7 16.4 0.0626 42.7 -18.3 44.7 23.7 51.7 5.6 0.0521
Ch 3.5 211.8 -55.2 199.5 3.2 197.1 8.3 0.043 188.7 -20.1 196.2 42.2 170.4 38.1 0.024
Ch 3.6 263 -53.4 38.4 -16.7 43.7 -1.5 0.0619 298 -67.7 160.6 -11.4 339.6 4.1 0.0484
Ch 4.1 220 69 236 28 217.4 46.5 0.0526 202 52 41 10 222.5 -6.3 0.0346
Ch 4.2 302 35.8 328.7 71 60.5 68.3 0.0647 324 52.8 329.6 48 10.6 59.8 0.0308
Ch 4.3 186.7 41.6 127.9 23.7 305.1 -3.9 0.0559 150.2 16.9 22.9 53.6 52.7 39.7 0.0297
4
Ch 4.4 26.3 -43 313.1 -9.7 320.3 -34.1 0.0648 344 40 302 40 324.3 66.3 0.0382
Ch 4.5 275 37.9 33 66.5 68.2 46.5 0.0726 284 59.9 5.3 48.7 37.3 43.2 0.0461
Ch 4.6 201.8 4 86.8 3 265.4 -26.6 0.0763 202.3 37 65.2 13.6 246.5 -11.1 0.0483
Ch 5.1 56.3 -50.5 192.5 34.7 173.3 31.2 0.0424 67.4 -42.2 205.8 38.4 181.7 40.5 0.0286
Ch 5.2 34 -12 214 32 192.5 39.8 0.0467 124.3 -46 141.9 -10.8 322.8 12 0.0313
Ch 5.3 102.7 -41.9 218.7 5.8 213.4 19.4 0.0421 223.4 -53.6 3.1 60.3 48.8 51.4 0.0248
5
Ch 5.4 281.6 45.9 313.8 34.5 336.6 56.1 0.0395 168.7 32.3 358.4 12.3 6.1 16.6 0.0239
Ch 5.5 123.7 55.4 144.2 22.6 140.1 0 0.0425 191.2 44.1 41.4 44.8 58.2 25.3 0.0289
Ch 5.6 348.1 40.5 236.9 38.3 209.4 55.5 0.0367 222.2 50.4 8.5 64.2 55.9 52.5 0.0305
Ch 6.1 3 8.4 268.8 15.3 265.3 45.3 0.0519 46 2 304 48 340.1 72.2 0.0317
Ch 6.2 155 30 109 31 108.9 1.7 0.0465 221.2 66.3 23.6 46 47.6 33.8 0.0273
6 Ch 6.3 232 -38 336 12 345 27.8 0.0484 235.3 -79 174.3 -25.1 164.5 -14.9 0.0284
Ch 6.4 167.5 33.8 118.2 19.4 297.5 -9.6 0.0437 250.8 61.2 9.1 61.1 52.3 50.7 0.0264
Ch 6.5 120.1 52.6 139.7 53.6 125.5 -28.4 0.0409 266.1 46.5 342.7 75.7 70.7 64.6 0.0235
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Continued (Table.4.1)
Initial NRM Magnetic directions at 250 C

Sample No.
Locality /

Site No.
attitude

Before field Intensity Before field Intensity


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Field-corrected Tilt-corrected
correction (mAm-1) correction (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
Ma 7.1 168 48.2 186 48 114.2 37.4 0.0418 265 -67 157 -6 152.4 -3.4 0.0368
Ma 7.2 162.3 23.8 202.6 73.8 81.6 36.2 0.0452 270 31 60 14 236.5 -50.6 0.0321
Ma 7.3 118.3 -80.1 188.7 -14 157.2 -34.4 0.0409 117.8 -81.6 187.4 -13.2 157.7 -33.6 0.0328
7
Ma 7.4 1503 26.6 230.4 58.5 82.3 55.2 0.016 148.4 39.3 214.8 49.5 104.4 55.5 0.007
Ma 7.5 288.5 11.9 80.8 23.7 263.5 -39.9 0.0325 291.8 23 68.6 27.1 249.8 -38.5 0.0256
Ma 7.6 90.7 -50.4 320.7 -4.5 334.7 -17.1 0.0396 275.8 -81.7 171.7 -10.8 153.4 -18.6 0.0278
Ma 8.1 154.9 46.5 227.4 32 130.5 71.4 0.042 178.7 19.9 264.1 51.6 45.5 60.1 0.025
Ma 8.2 248.9 -61.1 193.9 3.4 171.4 35.2 0.0456 274.1 -69 159.5 -32.6 128.7 -15.3 0.0198
8
Ma 8.3 142 37.2 238.1 26.2 147.6 82.1 0.0520 269.5 5.8 81.3 34.9 260.3 -29.8 0.0325
Maukaba / (Strike: N 23 W Dip: 65 NE)

Ma 8.4 113.8 -87.3 182.7 -17.2 151.2 -30.2 0.0453 273.8 -63.6 154.8 -31.3 127.1 -11.6 0.0285
Ma 8.5 269.7 -70 15.2 -7.4 183.5 30.5 0.0602 272.1 -62.3 153.1 -35.7 123.1 -11.2 0.0463
Ma 8.6 169 -16.2 126.5 32.2 295.3 -9.7 0.0583 116.2 -84 186.3 -20 149.6 -34.7 0.0308
Ma 9.1 182.3 14.4 60.4 67.2 64.1 2.5 0.0447 114.1 -65.3 204.4 -41.4 121.3 -51 0.0258
Ma 9.2 261.2 -71 159.9 -17.8 142.3 -10.6 0.0468 313.1 -28 321 30.3 0 25.4 0.0223
9 Ma 9.3 274.3 -84.2 174.3 -19.6 145.2 -23.6 0.0415 280.8 -74.5 166.1 -13.7 148.1 -14.4 0.0261
Ma 9.4 60.5 -66.8 203.3 -11 168.1 -46.1 0.655 40.8 -76.8 191.6 -9.2 163.6 -35.8 0.127
Ma 9.5 292.7 -10 300.6 48.5 21.4 42.6 0.0371 114.1 -71 191.8 -27.4 141.5 -41.5 0.0219
Ma 10.1 343 -11 0 50 31.2 6.3 0.0624 286 -77 168 -21 142.8 -18.7 0.0315
Ma 10.2 77.4 -43.2 312.8 -9 335.6 -26.4 0.0584 273 -80.4 170.7 -16.1 148.6 -19.6 0.0329
Ma 10.3 223.8 -47 38.6 -5.5 201.9 49.6 0.0536 126 -50.5 160.1 6.5 152.5 6.9 0.0307
10
Ma 10.4 14 72 347 36 14.7 7.7 0.0579 94 10 270 29 353.1 69.8 0.0384
Ma 10.5 64.3 -31.7 238.6 -7.3 221.3 -71.7 0.410 60.8 -52.4 218.1 -12.6 176.5 -60.5 0.148
Ma 10.6 198.2 -30 205.6 37.9 127.5 53.1 0.0638 132.3 -79 188.2 -24.9 144.4 -37.4 0.0487
Ma 11.1 248.1 4.2 93.1 18.1 280.7 -40.5 0.0459 276 11 80 11 268.3 -52.5 0.0365
Ma 11.2 259 -64 29 -24 207.6 29.7 0.0423 273.8 -70 158.5 -23.5 136.4 -11.2 0.0297
11 Ma 11.3 173 -6 190 54 107.3 39.5 0.0418 285 -80 170 -25 138.5 -21.6 0.0352
Ma 11.4 116.4 -77.1 194.6 -42.4 121.2 -44.5 0.0476 117.9 -57.5 221.2 -48.6 101.2 -59.4 0.0273
Ma 11.5 258.1 -19 106.4 -9.5 300.4 38.6 0.0387 125.2 -55.8 217.5 -51.2 100.5 -55.9 0.0246
Ma 12.1 129 -55 324 -18 349.4 -19.6 0.0569 284 -64 149 -32 125 -7.6 0.0453
Ma 12.2 204 -47 182 13 155 28.4 0.0548 288 -55 140 -26 306.3 3.4 0.0394
Ma 12.3 202 25 349 81 57.6 23.2 0.0574 123 2.5 272.9 8.8 308.4 60.1 0.0384
12
Ma 12.4 162.3 42 249.2 57.3 65.5 58.5 0.0453 299.8 -64 149.1 -31.6 125.6 -7.8 0.0257
Ma 12.5 88 19 273 36 9.4 65.1 0.0506 101 34 295 30 355.5 47.6 0.0423
Ma 12.6 52 -47 21 23 200.5 -24.8 0.0425 313.7 -88 178 -14.2 152.4 -25.3 0.0286
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Continued (Table.4.1)
Initial NRM Magnetic directions at 250 C
Locality /

Site No.
attitude

Sample
Intensity Intensity

No.
Before field Before field
Field-corrected Tilt-corrected (mAm-1) Field-corrected Tilt-corrected (mAm-1)
correction correction
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
K 13.1 216.6 -57 157.8 7.6 341.2 -16.3 130.75 216.3 -48.3 151.7 13.9 332.1 -14.5 76.341
Kanaroe / (Strike: N 10 E

K 13.2 140.5 52.4 232.1 23.3 204.6 45 128.64 235.3 18.7 244.1 68.1 127.4 61.2 82.697
13 K 13.3 182.6 9.6 266 14.4 255.5 56.2 131.82 234.2 4 304.8 56.7 54.2 71.6 70.285
Dip: 44 NW)

K 13.4 220.1 56 212.9 49.8 160.1 46.6 133.880 250.4 53.8 191 62.4 137.7 40.5 88.934
K 13.5 142.1 18 274.7 31.6 262.3 75.4 129.26 166 27 293 15 304.5 57 85.219
K 14.1 153.8 0.6 195.1 58.7 143.3 40.1 0.538 182.7 10.1 246.4 50 168.7 67.4 0.049
K 14.2 255 4 277 19 274.1 63.1 86.472 256 2 279 19 278.6 63.2 44.417
K 14.3 16 72 160 45 139.6 15.9 69.357 260.2 22.3 264.2 32.7 232.3 72.1 39.524
14
K 14.4 175 -32.1 31.8 23 41.5 2.7 80.259 139.9 -89 90.1 -25 271.5 18.2 47.692
K 14.5 137.7 64.6 3 52.2 49 38.7 57.601 235.4 47.6 226.7 21.7 201.2 41.3 33.470
K 14.6 236.1 73.2 198.2 22.9 179.8 22.2 73.566 178.3 16.9 262.9 58.9 132.4 74.6 42.178
Z 15.1 193.2 -27.3 224.7 22.1 209.3 36.9 0.0564 231.6 58.2 33.3 17.1 38.6 4.2 0.0367
Z 15.2 131 50 148 62 126.3 37.6 0.0606 198.8 39.1 126.1 16 306.1 -11.3 0.0320
Z 15.3 109.8 -32 185.6 29.7 171.4 23.1 0.0538 84.1 26.3 270.8 72.2 113.1 77.5 0.0349
15
Z 15.4 206.5 15.2 89.1 20.8 270.7 -9.3 0.006 188.3 42.4 55.4 26.1 61.3 4.4 0.003
Z 15.5 97.6 -11.4 170 43 151.2 28.5 0.0512 184 -35.1 55 -11.6 235.7 10.7 0.0338
Zainal / (Strike: N 10 E Dip: 30 NW)

Z 15.6 91.7 -48 170.3 9.9 348.2 -1.4 0.0566 287.5 15.6 185.4 74.5 128.9 55.6 0.0362
Z 16.1 295.8 1 326.8 71.1 60.3 68.5 0.0626 329.1 3 60.8 63.3 79.4 37.1 0.0416
Z 16.2 103 27 55 63 76.5 38.2 0.0648 74.3 44.2 44.7 34.7 56.6 15.5 0.0385
Z 16.3 292 16 257 80 111.4 69.6 0.0603 331.7 20 106.1 61 103.5 31.5 0.0408
16
Z 16.4 269.2 70.4 349.8 0.1 352.3 10.5 0.0684 216.7 82.4 352.1 16 3.4 23.5 0.0471
Z 16.5 220 41 230 12 220.7 30.3 0.0573 163 50.5 328.5 48.2 9.1 60.4 0.0368
Z 16.6 347.8 42 134.5 41.6 126.9 15.2 0.0599 30.4 32.2 58.2 6 236.5 -16.8 0.0325
Z 17.1 62 1.8 352.1 50.5 30.4 50.4 0.0537 47 3.9 328.8 47.8 9.5 60.7 0.0347
Z 17.2 109 -20.5 70.5 -7.2 249.1 19.7 0.0543 40 16.8 57.4 69.4 81.6 43.1 0.0330
Z 17.3 74.4 33 98.1 54.4 99.3 24.9 0.004 73.6 9.9 66.7 43.4 75.5 17.1 0.004
17
Z 17.4 225.4 -73 179.5 -13 174.5 -6.6 0.0534 108.8 -20 331.9 12.3 342.7 29.8 0.0328
Z 17.5 64.5 34 251.6 78.2 116.3 70.5 0.0587 351.7 40 307 16.7 316.8 42.9 0.0399
Z 17.6 144 -24 305 17 314.2 43.4 0.0510 286 -43 227 -9 219.3 -26.7 0.0384
Z 18.1 78.2 -29.3 180.2 38.6 161.6 28.8 0.0639 65.5 -29 166.1 37.5 151.4 21.4 0.0427
Z 18.2 242.5 40.6 49.5 75.5 83.5 49.1 0.007 195.6 56.7 40.2 41.7 56.6 23.5 0.004
Z 18.3 186 -12 292 12 296.5 41.6 0.0623 30 -8.7 126.3 31.5 122.1 4.6 0.0415
18
Z 18.4 312.2 -18.6 58 28 64.2 5.9 0.0754 266.2 -31.8 7 41.8 32.6 37.6 0.052
Z 18.5 313.6 32.9 105 39.5 104.6 10.1 0.0514 201.8 43.2 53.3 42.5 65.2 19.9 0.0326
Z 18.6 43.3 52.8 210.7 50.3 172.1 51.2 0.0505 190.6 74.7 15.7 27.5 29.2 21.4 0.0298
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Continued (Table.4.1)
Initial NRM Magnetic directions at 250 C

Sample No.
Locality /

Site No.
attitude
Before field Intensity Before field Intensity
Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Field-corrected Tilt-corrected
correction (mAm-1) correction (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
Z 19.1 270 36 26 64 63.2 46.3 0.0756 324 43 319 44 353.1 62.4 0.0462
Zainal

Z 19.2 284.5 21 284.3 59.7 4.5 88.4 0.0784 341 27 296 9 300.7 38.6 0.0479
19 Z 19.3 324 -50.3 32.5 10 214.4 -2.6 0.0724 48.5 -31 140 31.9 133.6 8.5 0.0539
Z 19.4 176 54.2 37.3 16 41.7 1.7 0.0645 110 39 138 57 123 31.4 0.0368
Z 19.5 282.5 30.5 319.8 57.7 21.3 70.7 0.090 293.6 45.7 328.2 41.1 359.4 55.5 0.039
Zr 20.1 134 33 110 62 109.3 32.2 0. 861 194 56 37 23 22.5 30.6 0.643
Zr 20.2 332 -10 75 2 252 -23.6 0.765 189 -73.9 162.9 -31.6 185.4 -44.9 0.538
Zr 20.3 9 -38 314 -7 320.1 -33.4 0.936 302 -66.1 198.7 -20.4 209.6 -17.8 0.511
20
Zr 20.4 74.6 45.3 186 80.6 124.5 57.4 0.748 173.1 -56.7 142.7 -25.8 159.3 -48.9 0.367
Zr 20.5 97.7 -18.2 202.1 31.7 184.6 30.1 0.651 188.2 -60.5 149.9 -22.8 165.4 -42.3 0.318
Zr 20.6 121.9 -65.4 16.7 -15.5 25.9 -14.5 0.701 237.4 -84.1 177.3 -29.5 196.7 -35.6 0.370
Zr 21.1 190 -6 289 19 290.4 49.7 0.934 237.8 -75 175.7 -14.5 186.2 -23.4 0.694
Zardabe / (Strike: N 17 E Dip: 30 NW)

Zr 21.2 205.1 -63.3 157.6 -12.2 337.2 7.3 0.545 204.1 -69.6 162.2 -16.7 174.6 -31.8 0.387
Zr 21.3 251.4 -76.6 177 -14 173.3 -2.2 1.002 252.5 -79.9 178 -17.8 190.3 -25.6 0.781
21
Zr 21.4 125 2 64 42 75.6 18.8 0.8664 114 11 65 56 9.2 68.5 0.6365
Zr 21.5 252 -32 333 24 349.1 42.6 0.9482 163 -51 34 -6 29.2 -14.7 0.6154
Zr 21.6 173 -41 129 -15 309.1 13.3 0.7916 231 -62 166 0 170.2 15.4 0.5393
Zr 22.1 182 -4 265 2 262.5 30.1 0.6395 269 -57 356 8 175.7 -3.6 0.4296
Zr 22.2 267 -66 166 -5 347.3 10.5 0.7619 262 -61 161 -2 166.2 -19.7 0.3845
22 Zr 22.3 199.2 -26 117.5 -4.2 299.7 25.4 0.8958 235 -60 160 -6 167.3 -23.6 0.6351
Zr 22.4 170 9 85 25 267.8 -3.3 0.6473 265 55 24 62 337.9 52.4 0.3343
Zr 22.5 116 -25 209 28 192.5 30.8 0.5327 174 -59 34 -24 19.5 -29.5 0.3896
Zr 23.1 175 -16 246 4 240.4 26.9 0.3315 177 -49 41 -17 29.4 -27.8 0.2182
Zr 23.2 78 -10 190 38 170.6 29.1 0.4753 90 -8 205 38 224.1 29.5 0.2694
Zr 23.3 108 -35 207 11 200.3 15.7 0.4865 143 -49 39 -16 28.6 -25.1 0.2222
23
Zr 23.4 119 -11 119 19 299.2 -10.6 0.3571 256 -26 63 -7 56.4 -28.7 0.3578
Zr 23.5 253 -72 182 -12 178.4 -3.8 0.3972 227 -85 178 -25 194.7 -31.6 0.2441
Zr 23.6 151 4 73 31 78.5 5.2 0.4697 142 4 67 39 39.4 57.3 0.3693
Zr 24.1 130 20 74 12 254 -13.2 0.0962 217 -85 180 -31 200.5 -35.3 0.0769
Zr 24.2 153.3 -80.3 171 -27 162.4 -11.4 0.1259 139.4 -81.1 170.3 -29.6 190.5 -39.5 0.0853
Zr 24.3 223 -38 8 19 19.5 21.5 0.0854 159 -79 170 -25 187.3 -35.4 0.0551
24
Zr 24.4 191 -12 295 14 298.6 44.3 0.1187 184 -34 128 -40 150.1 -66.5 0.0762
Zr 24.5 230.1 -70.3 184.8 -11.8 181.3 -4.7 0.189 228.5 -69.8 184.3 -11.2 192 -16.6 0.146
Zr 24.6 100 25 105 27 285.1 -3.9 0.0953 102 36 117 29 124.8 58.7 0.0699
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Continued (Table.4.1)
Locality / Initial NRM Magnetic directions at 250 C

Site No.
attitude

Sample
Intensity Intensity

No.
Before field Before field
Field-corrected Tilt-corrected (mAm-1) Field-corrected Tilt-corrected (mAm-1)
correction correction
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
Zr 25.1 221.5 -79.2 182 -22 173.5 -12.3 0.8359 217.5 -75.2 182.2 -18.3 194.4 -23.4 0.5639
Zr 25.2 241.3 -61.9 196.9 -11.4 191.3 -10.6 0.278 252.8 -59.7 202.9 -12.8 209.8 -8.9 0.172
25 Zr 25.3 157 -50 152 0 336.4 -21.2 0.8037 166 -75 170 -18 182.5 -29.6 0.6021
Zr 25.4 31 -5 180 49 156.9 34.1 0.7693 142 -39.5 133.2 -8.6 139.6 -35 0.5918
Zr 25.5 185 33 87 68 98.4 39.5 0.6998 214 -85 180 -30 199.7 -34.6 0.4212
Zr 25.6 284 36 294 31 299.1 61.1 0.7589 276 42 298 39 296.5 9.6 0.5384
Zr 26.1 256 -22 315 35 336.2 59 0.1369 165 -44 214 13 218.4 3.2 0.0852
Zardabe

Zr 26.2 207.4 -15.2 103.4 -7.5 283.6 22.1 0.201 212.7 -21.5 111.1 -4.8 112.5 -35.1 0.149
26 Zr 26.3 239.2 -68.8 162 -12 341.3 6.8 0.1624 237.8 -64.7 159.1 -10.2 168.3 -27.7 0.1116
Zr 26.4 127 3 37 61 69.5 42.1 0.0984 117 6 19 68 327.1 54.7 0.0774
Zr 26.5 142 13 71 50 83.6 24.5 0.1248 243 -66 164 -13 174.5 -27 0.1098
Zr 27.1 261 32 241 81 123.4 65.5 0.0697 270 70 0 48 337 33.3 0.0445
Zr 27.2 66 41 222 68 153.9 62.3 0.0756 328 67 335 34 326.9 12.5 0.0592
Zr 27.3 176 6 85 3 263.1 -25.1 0.0886 231 70 17 47 349.4 39.4 0.0476
27
Zr 27.4 321 33 291 42 297.5 72.8 0.0833 301 47 314 56 304.2 28.4 0.0699
Zr 27.5 154 -7.8 65 16.2 247.8 -7.6 0.0776 261 -65 178 0 180.3 -9.3 0.0462
Zr 27.6 208 47 47 39 61.2 21.5 0.0694 168 -57 34 -15 24.1 -21.2 0.0331
Az 28.1 81 67 21 37 70.7 32.6 0.0729 106 58 19 52 88.7 36.7 0.0523
Az 28.2 220 -4 354 3 18.4 43.7 0.0648 150 -74 184 -7 15.8 29.1 0.0445
Azmar / (Strike: N 42 E Dip: 62 NW)

Az 28.3 152.7 44.3 346.6 58.5 104.3 51.2 0.031 156.8 44 341.2 57.7 106.4 54.7 0.025
28
Az 28.4 250 9 271 27 214.6 54.9 0.0665 270 10 279 46 178.9 58.9 0.0397
Az 28.5 157.1 56.6 335.4 52.8 104.2 60.6 0.0754 152.4 63.4 344.6 48.8 91.2 57.8 0.0212
Az 28.6 147.3 36.8 319.5 72.2 129.4 46.7 0.0462 167.2 41.9 310.6 56.5 134.6 61.4 0.1999
Az 29.1 133 6 119 60 306.3 -1.8 0.0412 312 7 296 60 146.7 56.2 0.0275
Az 29.2 105 32 76 47 98.4 0 0.0597 93 42 60 40 85.1 5.5 0.0397
Az 29.3 264.1 8.4 272.6 21.5 223.5 54.6 0.0425 193.6 57.3 326.5 51.3 111.5 64.5 0.0267
29
Az 29.4 351.7 20.6 74.6 70.9 115.1 17.8 0.0467 182.4 -18.1 36.5 36.1 73.3 20.2 0.0218
Az 29.5 42.7 66.4 152.5 38.2 329.7 -21.1 0.0368 325.3 16.6 318.3 71.5 129.8 46.3 0.0202
Az 29.6 344.2 70.6 175.3 49 339.8 -4.9 0.0749 139.1 -11.8 337.5 45.4 90.5 63.1 0.0345
Az 30.1 4 51 34 56 93.6 27.9 0.0762 156.8 16.5 349.3 58 102 50.8 0.0558
Az 30.2 242 73 170 39 342.2 -14.6 0.0697 143 4 275 20 227.4 55.7 0.0574
Az 30.3 251 36 119 54 304.1 -7.3 0.0693 162 7 281 39 191.3 62.3 0.0416
30
Az 30.4 125.6 56.4 215.8 19.3 202 4.3 0.0574 20.4 73.6 273.3 54.1 168.5 52.1 0.0325
Az 30.5 271.2 43.9 127.6 42.4 309.6 -19.4 0.0598 14.6 39.2 47.5 66.4 106.6 23.5 0.0296
Az 30.6 98.3 21.2 281.1 31 208.5 63.5 0.0631 170.5 18.4 269.2 49.2 177.4 51.9 0.0282
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Continued (Table.4.1)
Initial NRM Magnetic directions at 250 C

Sample No.
Locality /

Site No.
attitude
Before field Intensity Before field Intensity
Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Field-corrected Tilt-corrected
correction (mAm-1) correction (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
Az 31.1 128 -37 131 -3 310.2 59.9 0.0597 127 -89 179 -28 355.1 18.1 0.0405
Az 31.2 299 8 329 0 345.6 58.3 0.0634 287 40 305 23 259.3 82.4 0.0398
Az 31.3 357 54 213 58 166.8 19.5 0.0641 128 25 73 21 256.4 -15.6 0.0456
Azmar / (Strike: N 42 E Dip: 62 NW)

31
Az 31.4 269.7 49.4 315 31.5 96.3 86.4 0.022 305.2 52.1 322.5 10.3 343.6 70.7 0.0170
Az 31.5 227 28 291 73 140.5 44.6 0.0687 300 26 246 11 223.7 26.5 0.0326
Az 31.6 271 -8 70 20 254 -13 0.0587 311 -72 341 -21 34.5 -63.1 0.0336
Az 32.1 234 53 345 57 103.6 53.2 0.0782 188.4 -37.2 332.1 23.3 32.8 71.9 0.0541
Az 32.2 276 9 269 30 208.9 53.6 0.0734 207.4 -29.1 351.1 41.3 75.8 56.4 0.0558
32 Az 32.3 135.1 40.4 52.4 17.3 242.1 -1.7 0.0649 210.1 -35.9 351.3 33.4 61.4 56.2 0.0318
Az 32.4 41 -21 168 50 334 -6.2 0.0596 248.6 28.4 303.6 69.2 136.5 49.7 0.0397
Az 32.5 216 -34 353 41 74.6 54.1 0.0781 199.2 -32 335.2 38.1 76.1 68.4 0.0544
Az 33.1 356 -20 212 33 188.4 7.8 0.0601 83.1 43.3 57.4 37.6 82.8 6.6 0.0497
Az 33.2 348 -46 192 10 18.5 -21.5 0.0663 124.3 62.7 62.2 26.2 254.3 -4.2 0.0569
Az 33.3 127.1 46.3 46.9 69.3 109.7 24.2 0.0584 197.1 38.2 290.5 51.3 161.7 62.1 0.0394
33
Az 33.4 216.3 25.8 279.5 33.2 203.3 62.4 0.0532 219.2 52.7 312.3 39.9 131.2 78.3 0.0330
Az 33.5 138.4 19.5 134.4 70.7 133.6 9.4 0.0611 231.5 47.1 308.5 31.4 173.5 85.8 0.0365
Az 33.6 179.6 50 309.2 65.7 134.4 52.6 0.0573 186.4 66.5 335.7 54.8 106.8 58.9 0.0295
W 34.1 140.2 29.4 131.3 61.9 114.7 20.5 3.149 260.5 -25.9 318.2 40.1 13.3 60.3 1.969
W 34.2 183.2 36.7 124.6 22.7 304.8 -18.8 4.573 227.6 -53.2 326.5 4.7 339.7 32.4 2.069
Waraz (Strike: N 8 E

34 W 34.3 55.3 55.7 212.5 26.4 184.6 35.7 3.922 305.2 -26.7 15.9 50.7 52.4 29.5 1.348
Dip: 45 NW)

W 34.4 119.6 32.7 190.9 69.2 127.3 42.5 3.685 347.1 81.2 3.2 17.8 18.7 16.1 1.461
W 34.5 23.4 34.1 236.5 7.5 221.2 38 3.157 330.8 71.6 347.2 23.8 12.6 31.9 1.063
W 35.1 2.3 33.7 50.7 35.4 6.3 53.9 3.653 81.4 64.7 339.3 39.1 23.1 45.1 2.209
W 35.2 133.1 48.1 316.1 29.1 131.2 -8.6 12.540 134.3 53.6 322.1 27.6 357.1 51.8 10.280
35 W 35.3 151.3 -10.6 77.2 6.6 66.6 48.8 10.057 139.1 62.5 332.3 22.4 360 41.5 6.392
W 35.4 85.7 74 354.2 24.6 341.4 8.1 8.348 20.2 63.7 20 34.1 41.3 16.2 5.009
W 35.5 126.1 -50.5 32.2 8.2 20.5 23.7 9.045 116.4 66.5 340.4 30.1 13.5 40.4 4.682
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

(Table.4.2) Mean, overall mean directions and VGPs for all studied sites in both cases, initial NRM and at 250C

Magnetization Field-corrected Bedding tilt-corrected


Locality

Site No.

Latitude

Latitude
N Mean VGPs Mean VGPs
95 95

Co-

Co-
R K R K
Dec Inc PLong Plat. Dec Inc PLong Plat.
NRM 6 4.36 303.7 62.8 3.04 46.3 44.3 324.6 50.9 4.36 284.6 61.7 3.05 46.2 42.8 331.6 38
1
250 6 3.23 355.2 82.1 1.81 72.8 74.5 33.1 61 3.25 83.9 61.5 1.82 72.2 42.6 96 32.6
NRM 6 2.68 52.8 44.8 1.51 90.8 26.4 131.8 44.2 3.29 339 36.3 1.84 71.2 20.2 256.9 59.3
2
250 6 3 344.7 45.5 1.67 79.6 27 254.2 67.8 3.92 262.7 50.6 2.4 55.7 31.4 333.3 17.2
NRM 6 0.55 243.8 14.9 0.92 180 7.6 330.2 -12.2 1.64 359.4 10.6 1.15 180 5.4 216.7 49.8
Chwarta

3
250 6 1.69 113.6 77.6 1.16 180 66.2 61.7 32.7 3.41 343.8 30.6 1.93 67.9 16.5 246 57.9
NRM 6 2.65 47.9 80.8 1.49 92 72 59.5 55.5 2.37 301.3 33.3 1.38 104.8 18.2 296.3 34.6
4
250 6 4.8 14 44.2 4.17 37.3 26 181.3 67.4 2.97 318.4 70.5 1.65 80.6 54.6 340.1 62.3
NRM 6 4.47 214.5 38.3 3.27 44 21.6 2.5 -15.9 4.46 188.1 44.8 3.25 44.2 26.4 28.1 -17.6
5
250 6 3.36 39.9 68.2 1.89 69.2 51.4 98.7 63.3 4.03 29.2 51.3 2.54 53.2 32 146.6 63.7
NRM 5 2.25 114.6 71 1.45 111.5 55.5 70.4 25 0.72 341.1 52 0.93 180 32.6 270.6 70.5
6
250 5 3 347.4 73.7 2 75 59.7 12.2 74 3.4 75.1 59.4 2.5 61.5 40.2 102.8 36.8
Overall NRM Dec = 239.5 Inc = 79.4 ( 95 = 43.8 ) Dec = 320.8 Inc = 52.9 ( 95 = 40.6 )
mean 250 Dec = 10 Inc = 69.1 ( 95 = 18.7 ) Dec = 6 Inc = 69.9 ( 95 = 32.2 )
NRM 6 2.97 199.3 62.5 1.65 80.5 43.8 22 -9 1.35 95.3 22.7 1.07 180 11.8 113.7 4.7
7
250 6 3.23 146.5 16.9 1.8 72.8 8.6 74 -28.1 3.63 171.5 -24.5 2.11 62.4 -12.8 230.9 56.6
NRM 6 2.86 196.2 23.5 1.59 84.4 12.3 17.3 -30.5 3.31 182.2 45.3 1.86 70.6 26.8 33.7 -177
8
250 6 3.41 160.6 -10.6 1.93 67.9 -5.4 244.5 46.5 3.3 134.5 -15.1 1.85 70.8 -7.7 276.2 35.6
NRM 5 2.37 185.2 20.8 1.52 103.9 10.7 29.6 -33.6 2.73 114.1 -12.4 1.76 85.8 -6.3 292.6 21.3
Maukaba

9
250 5 3.13 199.7 -18.9 2.14 70.4 -9.7 184.3 50.5 3.01 132.7 -37.8 2.01 74.9 -21.2 289.7 44.5
NRM 6 2.72 318.3 35.7 1.53 89.2 19.7 282.9 47.2 1.54 16.6 15.5 1.12 180 7.9 189.8 49.8
10
250 6 4.6 191.6 -8.5 3.58 41.3 -4.2 198.5 47.6 3.94 148.6 -15.8 2.42 55.2 -8.1 261.4 43.8
NRM 5 2.21 111.9 -3.3 1.44 113.8 -1.6 290.9 16.4 1.04 209.8 22.9 1.01 180 11.9 2.8 -26.6
11
250 5 3.42 166 -39.2 2.53 61 -22 246.6 64.1 3.86 133.1 -52 3.52 47.8 -32.6 302.8 52
NRM 6 3.23 292.3 57.5 1.8 72.8 38.1 322.6 40.5 2.26 71.4 55.9 1.34 110.8 36.5 108.7 37.1
12
250 6 2.92 186.1 -21.8 1.62 82.2 -11 205.2 55.5 1.3 115.4 48 1.06 180 29.1 88.2 4.8
Overall NRM Dec = 198.6 Inc = 57.6 ( 95 = 64 ) Dec = 112.5 Inc = 45.7 ( 95 = 70.7 )
mean 250 Dec = 175.4 Inc = -14.5 ( 95 = 23.4 ) Dec = 140.9 Inc = -18.9 ( 95 = 34.1 )
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Continued (Table.4.2)

Magnetization
Field-corrected Bedding tilt-corrected
Locality

Site No.

Latitude

Latitude
N Mean VGPs Mean VGPs
95 95

Co-

Co-
R K R K
Dec Inc PLong Plat. Dec Inc PLong Plat.
NRM 5 3.83 231.2 32.6 3.42 48.7 17.7 346.6 -11.5 3.22 244.5 66.5 2.25 67.5 49 356.8 20
Kanaroe

13 3.11 26.7 79.8 2.12


250 5 3.5 239.1 64.2 2.66 58.6 46 357.6 15.3 71.1 70.2 54.8 62.1
NRM 6 3.55 228.6 76.9 2.04 64.3 65.1 15 26.9 3.56 117.5 53.4 2.05 64 34 83.7 7.5
14
250 6 3.7 251.2 41.1 2.18 60.6 23.6 335.3 4.5 5.16 230.5 65.7 5.96 29.9 47.9 3.7 13.4
Overall NRM Dec = 230.6 Inc = 54.8 ( 95 = 121 ) Dec = 159.3 Inc = 74.5 ( 95 = 180 )
mean 250 Dec = 246.8 Inc = 52.8 ( 95 = 55.2 ) Dec = 246.5 Inc = 82.2 ( 95 = 82 )
NRM 6 4.72 168.4 38.9 3.91 39 22 47.4 -21.8 2.68 191.7 45 1.51 91 26.6 24.9 -17.2
15
250 6 3.85 67.5 45 2.33 57.2 26.6 121 34 2.18 32.2 62.8 1.31 115.8 44.3 117.3 67.3
NRM 6 3.73 311.4 82.4 2.2 60 75.2 16.7 53.9 3.74 90.8 66.6 2.21 59.7 49.2 86.5 32.2
16
250 6 4.75 33.6 46.8 4.01 38.3 28 147.5 58.3 3.24 52.3 47 1.81 72.4 28.2 130.1 45.6
Zainal

NRM 6 2.58 49.5 76.6 1.46 95.2 64.5 72.8 57.1 3.1 159.4 78.8 1.73 76.5 68.4 44 24.9
17
250 6 3.52 323.7 50.2 2.02 65 31 291.3 58.4 3.01 15 58.9 1.67 79.4 39.7 148.3 77.6
NRM 6 3.74 139.9 79.3 2.21 59.7 69.2 50.8 28.5 3.78 111.4 51.5 2.25 58.8 32.1 88.9 9.4
18
250 6 4.47 59.8 53.7 3.26 44.1 34.3 118 43.8 4.48 74.8 28.8 3.3 43.8 15.4 125.5 21.5
NRM 5 3.99 10.6 50 3.96 44.1 30.8 182.7 73.2 2.84 55.9 69.1 1.85 81.3 52.6 93.7 53.6
19
250 5 3.05 303.5 70.5 2.05 73.3 54.8 341.4 53.6 3.1 68.3 75.9 2.1 71.7 63.4 75.2 48.9
Overall NRM Dec = 94.2 Inc = 83.8 ( 95 = 33 ) Dec = 127.1 Inc = 70.8 ( 95 = 26.3 )
mean 250 Dec = 25.7 Inc = 62.7 ( 95 = 30.5 ) Dec = 50.8 Inc = 56.8 ( 95 = 22 )
NRM 6 2.27 39.8 64.2 1.34 110.5 45.9 110.3 62.5 0.73 139.2 66.8 0.95 180 49.4 61.4 11.3
20
250 6 4.11 155.1 -26 2.64 51.6 -14 257.1 51.9 3.8 180.5 -41.4 2.27 58.4 -23.8 214.4 68.3
Zardabe

NRM 6 1.35 152.7 30.7 1.08 180 16.5 64.2 -23.2 2.83 333.7 47.3 1.58 85.4 28.5 275.2 63.1
21
250 6 3.23 148.1 -2.1 1.8 72.8 -1.1 257.4 37.4 2.48 167.9 -9.6 1.42 99.5 -4.8 233.8 48
NRM 5 2.41 164.7 18.5 1.55 101.2 9.5 53.8 -33.3 3.45 277.8 27 2.58 60.1 14.3 310.4 15.6
22
250 5 1.41 77.2 19.7 1.12 180 10.1 127.6 16.2 1.6 158.4 -18.2 1.18 180 -9.3 249.5 49.3
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Continued (Table.4.2)

Magnetization
Field-corrected Bedding tilt-corrected
Locality

Site No.

Latitude

Latitude
N Mean VGPs Mean VGPs
95 95

Co-

Co-
R K R K
Dec Inc PLong Plat. Dec Inc PLong Plat.
NRM 6 3.58 177.9 24.9 2.06 63.6 13.1 38.1 -31.4 2.85 198 21.6 1.59 84.5 11.2 15 -31
23 250 6 2.6 76.6 2.9 1.47 94 1.5 134.3 10.4 1.61 47.7 -20.3 1.14 180 -10.5 345.2 -19.5
NRM 6 1.33 112.9 25.3 1.07 180 13.3 100 -5.8 2.13 249.7 13.3 1.29 119.5 6.7 325.1 -9.1
24 250 6 5.06 160.1 -20.6 5.33 32 -11 247.9 51.2 4.46 181.5 -28.7 3.25 44.2 -15.3 212.8 59.8
Zardabe

NRM 6 3.45 184.8 28.1 1.96 66.8 14.9 30.3 -29.2 2.17 173 37.2 1.31 116.4 20.8 42.8 -23.2
25 250 6 4.06 183.1 -12.3 2.58 52.5 -6.2 210.8 50.4 4.33 201.2 -27.8 3 46.8 -14.8 178.9 54.3
NRM 5 2.46 89.4 49.8 1.57 98.8 30.6 103.5 21.7 3.15 5 50.6 2.16 69.7 31.4 198.6 75.3
26 250 5 2.97 157.1 13 1.97 76.1 6.6 63.5 -34 2.45 177.9 -14.7 1.57 99.4 -7.5 219 51.9
NRM 6 3.91 55.3 65.1 2.39 55.9 47.2 102.7 52.6 2.71 232.6 70.7 1.52 89.7 55 6.7 19.9
27 250 6 3.45 0.6 49 1.96 66.8 29.9 213.7 74.4 3.31 333.4 24.1 1.86 70.4 12.6 258.6 50.1
Overall NRM Dec = 140.1 Inc = 48.2 ( 95 = 30.8 ) Dec = 242.8 Inc = 63.4 ( 95 = 39.3 )
mean 250 Dec = 133.9 Inc = 3.9 ( 95 = 49.9 ) Dec = 172.1 Inc = -30.6 ( 95 = 54.6 )
NRM 6 4.97 337.2 48.3 4.84 34 29.3 271.4 65.9 5 95.4 62.3 4.99 33.3 43.6 89.2 26.3
28 250 6 4.21 312.3 64.9 2.8 49.3 46.9 325.6 57.4 5.12 93.9 61 5.7 30.7 42.1 91.3 26.2
NRM 6 4.56 145.2 69.7 3.48 42.1 53.5 56.1 13.3 1.52 353 25.1 1.12 180 13.2 228.3 57.2
29 250 6 5.26 357.2 59.6 6.77 27.8 40.4 238.8 84.6 5.26 101.3 46.1 6.77 27.8 27.4 98.4 11.9
NRM 6 4.13 174.6 66.5 2.67 51.1 49 39.2 4.6 1.85 294.5 23.1 1.2 147.1 12 296.5 25.7
30
Azmar

250 6 5.21 290.9 55.7 6.31 28.9 36.3 321.2 38.5 5.22 155 58.8 6.37 28.8 39.5 54.7 -2.1
NRM 6 2.73 356.9 73.2 1.53 88.9 58.9 28.6 76.5 3.71 218.3 71.8 2.18 60.4 56.6 14.8 17
31 250 6 2.05 305.7 8.2 1.26 125.8 4.1 281.4 27.4 2.34 294.8 40.9 1.36 106.7 23.5 305.9 33.6
NRM 5 3.3 350.2 68.1 2.35 64.9 51.1 350.6 81.3 2.33 260.2 78.5 1.5 106.4 67.8 7.5 38
32 250 5 4.74 338.5 41.8 15.47 20.1 24.1 262 62.5 4.76 81.9 64.9 16.34 19.5 46.9 92.4 36
NRM 6 4.44 225.7 65.9 3.21 44.6 48.2 6.5 11.8 3.43 134.4 36.2 1.94 67.4 20.1 79 -12.5
33 250 6 4.67 347.2 54.6 3.77 39.9 35.2 263.3 75.8 3.96 138.8 71.5 2.45 54.7 56.2 58.2 17.4
Overall NRM Dec = 307.5 Inc = 84.7 ( 95 = 24.1 ) Dec = 322.8 Inc = 83.3 ( 95 = 48.5 )
mean 250 Dec = 323.8 Inc = 50.3 ( 95 = 22.7 ) Dec = 110.7 Inc = 74.1 ( 95 = 30 )
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Continued (Table.4.2)

Magnetization
Field-corrected Bedding tilt-corrected
Locality

Site No.

Latitude

Latitude
N Mean VGPs Mean VGPs
95 95

Co-

Co-
R K R K
Dec Inc PLong Plat. Dec Inc PLong Plat.
NRM 5 3.74 186 48 3.17 51.4 29.1 30.4 -15.2 2.55 177.4 48.2 1.63 93.9 29.2 38.1 -15.2
34
Waraz

250 5 4.56 345 29 9.11 26.8 15.5 243.4 57.4 4.57 15.8 36.3 9.27 26.5 20.1 183.4 61.5
NRM 5 3.84 24.7 27 3.44 48.5 14.3 174.1 52.5 3.13 35.4 38.6 2.14 70.5 21.8 153.3 52.7
35
250 5 4.77 341.9 32.1 17.26 18.9 17.4 249.9 58.1 4.77 16.9 40.3 17.16 19 23 178.8 63.6
Overall NRM Dec = 64.5 Inc = 74.4 ( 95 = 180 ) Dec = 93.4 Inc = 70.5 ( 95 = 180 )
mean 250 Dec = 343.5 Inc = 30.6 ( 95 = 8.9 ) Dec = 16.3 Inc = 38.3 ( 95 = 8.9 )
4.3.1. Chwarta and Zainal localities (Naoprdan limestone Formation)
Chwarta The initial NRM mean directions of the six sites (Ch1-Ch6) of the Chwarta
locality before and after bedding correction are plotted in (Fig.4.20a). Before
bedding correction the magnetic directions are scattered around the present Earths
magnetic field (Dec=3.8, Inc=52.4) at the sampling locality, and their overall
mean direction is Dec=239.5, Inc=79.4 (95=43.8, N=35). After bedding
correction, the magnetic directions show somewhat better grouping (95=40.6) and
their overall mean direction Dec=320.8, Inc=52.9 moved toward the present
Earths magnetic direction. Although the fold test is not statistically significant at
a 95% level, the better grouping of the magnetic direction after bedding correction
could still indicate that the NRM of these specimens is probably primary, i.e.
probably acquired prior to event (s) that formed the folding in the rocks
(Meert, 2002). The Chwarta sites showed a within-site scatter greater than the
between-sites scatter. Generally, all the Chwarta specimens have low intensities
with values varying from (0.0304-0.0763) mAm-1 for specimens (Ch 2.4 and Ch 4.6)
respectively, whereas the specimen which conducted in USA (Ch 1.1) has higher
value (0.612) mAm-1.

After thermally cleaning at (250)C, the Chwarta specimens show low


intensities ranging from (0.017-0.0484) mAm-1 in specimens (Ch 2.1 and Ch 3.6)
respectively, while specimen (Ch 1.1) still has the higher value (0.212) mAm-1. The
overall mean directions of the Chwarta locality sites after thermally demagnetization
at (250)C (Fig.4.20b) before the bedding correction is Dec=10, Inc=69.1
(95=18.7), while after the bedding tilt-correction, the values are Dec=6,
Inc=69.9 (95=32.2), which is not statistically significant at a 95% level
(McElhinny, 1964 in Hijab, 1982).
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

(a) Initial NRM

Field corrected Tilt corrected


(b) at 250 o C

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field (Fig.4.20) Lambert equal - area projection s show
specimens, site mean and overall mean directions of
Overall mean direction Chwarta sites before and after bedding correction at :
Downward site mean direction (a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)o C
Downward and upward directions (cirecles inside the projection represent the circle
Conducted in USA of confidence for each site mean direction)
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Relatively low within-site and between sites scatters was recognized and the
magnetic directions (before and after bedding corrections) were precisely closed to
the present Earths magnetic field, and thus the remanence of these sites was
acquired prior to the folding of the rocks during Paleocene-Lower Eocene.
Zainal The initial NRM mean direction of five sites collected from Zainal locality
(Naoprdan limestone Formation) (Z15-Z19) before and after bedding corrections are
plotted in (Fig.4.21a). The overall mean of the initial magnetic directions before
bedding correction is Dec=94.2, Inc=83.8 (95=33, N=29), and after bedding
correction is Dec=127.1, Inc=70.8 (95=26.3), which moved far away from the
present Earths magnetic field of the studied area. The within-site in the magnetic
directions is greater than the between-sites scatter, and thus better grouping between
sites mean directions after bedding correction is observed.
In general, all Zainal specimens have low intensities with values varying from
(0.051-0.0784) mAm-1 except Z 15.4 and Z 17.3 specimens, which conducted in
Oklahoma University, have very low intensities (0.004-0.006) mAm-1.
Figure 4.21b shows the magnetic directions of Zainal specimens before and after
bedding correction when these specimens were thermally cleaning at (250)C.
Apparently the thermal demagnetization has isolated a rather stable magnetic
component. The overall mean direction without tilt correction is Dec=25.7,
Inc=62.7 (95=30.5), and the overall mean tilt-corrected magnetic direction is
Dec=50.8, Inc=56.8 (95=22), which could indicate a primary magnetic
directions but with high scatter. However, the overall mean directions for these
specimens after bedding correction is moved toward the present Earths magnetic
field. All specimens showed low intensities (0.0298-0.0539) mAm-1; while some of
them (Z15.4 and Z 17.3) still have lower intensities (0.003-0.004) mAm-1.
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

(a) Initial NRM

Field corrected Tilt corrected


(b) at 250 o C

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field


(Fig.4.21) Lambert equal - area projection s show
Overall mean direction
specimens, site mean and overall mean directions of
Downward site mean direction Zainal sites before and after bedding correction at :
Downward and upward directions (a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)o C
Conducted in USA
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Chwarta and Zainal specimens which have the same age (Paleocene-Lower
Eocene) were projected on the same Lambert equal-area stereonet for both initial
and thermally cleaned at (250)C (Fig.4.22). It seems that these paleomagnetic
directions after thermally cleaning have better grouping that is close to the present
Earths magnetic direction, and therefore indicates normally polarity.
4.3.2. Maukaba and Zardabe localities (Aqra limestone Formation)
Maukaba The initial NRM directions for six sites (Ma7-Ma12) extracted from Maukaba
locality are plotted in (Fig.4.23a). The NRMs directions have a distribution highly
scattered around the present Earths magnetic field. The overall mean direction
obtained for these sites before and after bedding correction are Dec=198.6,
Inc=57.6 (95=64, N=34) and Dec=112.5, Inc=45.7 (95=70.7) respectively.
These directions have downward inclinations and declinations mostly moved far
away from the present Earths magnetic field, and the within-site scatter is more
than between-sites scatter. Generally, all Maukaba specimens have low intensities
with values varying from (0.0325-0.0625) mAm-1, while those specimens that
conducted in USA (Ma 7.4 and Ma 9.4) have intensities between
(0.016-0.655) mAm-1 respectively. At (250)C thermal demagnetization however,
the mean magnetic directions of Dec=175.4, Inc=-14.5 (95=23.4) and
Dec=140.9, Inc=-18.9 (95=34.1) are obtained before and after bedding
correction respectively (Fig.4.23b). Here, the paleomagnetic direction reveals
reversal polarity.
All the Maukaba specimens show low magnetic intensities even after thermally
demagnetization at (250)C, with values ranging from (0.0198-0.0463) mAm-1.
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Initial NRM

Field corrected Tilt corrected


at 250 o C

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field


Overall mean directions for Chwarta and Zainal localities respective ly
Downward and upward directions (Chwarta Sites)
Downward and upward directions (Zainal Sites)

(Fig.4.22) Lambert equal - area projection s show specimens, site mean and overall mean
directions of Chwarta and Zainal sites before and after bedding correction at
initial NRM and thermally cleaned at (250)o C
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

(a) Initial NRM

Field corrected Tilt corrected


(b) at 250 o C

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field


Overall downward and upward mean directions
Downward and upward directions
Downward and upward site mean directions
Conducted in USA

(Fig.4.23) Lambert equal - area projection s show specimens, site mean and overall mean
directions of Maukaba sites before and after bedding correction at
(a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)o C
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Zardabe The initial NRM directions of eight sites for Zardabe specimens (Zr20-Zr27)
before and after bedding corrections are shown in (Fig.4.24a). The overall mean
direction of the initial magnetic directions before bedding corrections is
Dec=140.1, Inc=48.2 (95=30.8, N=46), while after the tilt-correction it is
Dec=242.8, Inc=63.4 (95=39.3). Both overall mean directions are far away from
the present Earths magnetic field. For the Zardabe magnetic directions, the within-
site scatter is more than the between-sites scatter. In general, all specimens
(including those conducted in USA) have moderately to high intensity values
ranging (0.0854-1.002) mAm-1.

When Zardabe specimens thermally demagnetized at (250)C, the overall mean


directions before and after bedding corrections are changed to Dec=133.9, Inc=3.9
(95=49.9) and Dec=172.1, Inc=-30.6 (95=54.6) respectively. Shallow
negative inclinations and southerly declinations distribution is noticed (Fig.4.24b),
which may indicate reversal polarity for the Maastrichtian Aqra
limestone Formation. Again for these specimens the magnetic directions show the
between-sites scatter is less than the within-site scatter. While their magnetic
intensities are still relatively high (0.0331-0.781) mAm-1.
It seems that Maukaba and Zardabe specimens have a similar magnetic behavior
(Fig.4.25). Good clustered with southerly direction indicates reversal polarity may
acquire prior to the event(s) of folding in these rock units.
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

(a) Initial NRM

Field corrected Tilt corrected

(b) at 250 o C

Maukaba Zardabe Sites (Aqra Lst. Formation)

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field


Overall downward and upward mean directions
Downward and upward directions
Downward and upward site mean directions
Conducted in USA

(Fig.4.24) Lambert equal - area projection s show specimens, site mean and overall mean
directions of Zardabe sites before and after bedding correction at
(a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)o C
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Initial NRM

Field corrected Tilt corrected


at 250 o C

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field


Overall downward and upward mean directions for Zardabe locality
Overall downward and upward mean directions for Maukaba locality
Downward and upward directions (Zardabe Sites)
Downward and upward directions (Maukaba Sites)

(Fig.4.25) Lambert equal - area projection s show specimens, site mean and overall mean
directions of Maukaba and Zardabe sites before and after bedding correction at
(a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)o C
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

4.3.3. Azmar locality (Balambo limestone Formation)


The initial NRM of the six sites (Az28-Az33) of the Azmar specimens before
and after bedding corrections are plotted in (Fig.4.26a). Before and after bedding
corrections, the magnetic directions are highly scattered around the present Earths
magnetic field at the sampling locations. Their overall mean direction are
Dec=307.5, Inc=84.7 (95=24.1, N=35) and Dec=322.8, Inc=83.3 (95=48.5)
respectively. A within-site and between sites scatter after bedding corrections is
greater than before bedding correction. Generally, all the Azmar specimens
(including those conducted in USA) have low intensity values ranging from
(0.022-0.0782) mAm-1.

The thermally demagnetization at (250)C for Azmar specimens shows an


overall mean direction of Dec=323.8, Inc=50.3 (95=227), and Dec=110.7,
Inc=74.1 (95=30) before and after tilt corrections respectively. The magnetic
directions show better grouping (mostly close to the present Earths magnetic
direction) before bedding correction more than after bedding correction (Fig.4.26b),
which could indicates a secondary magnetic components that were acquired recently
and after the tilting. In general, all the Azmar specimens have low intensities after
the thermal demagnetization at (250)C. These values are ranging from
(0.017-0.0574) mAm-1.
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

(a) Initial NRM

Field corrected Tilt corrected


(b) at 250 o C

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field

Overall mean direction


Downward site mean direction
Downward and upward directions
Conducted in USA

(Fig.4.26) Lambert equal - area projection s show specimens, site mean and overall mean
directions of Azmar sites before and after bedding correction at
(a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)o C
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

4.3.4. Kanaroe and Waraz localities (Gabbro igneous intrusions)


Kanaroe The initial NRM directions for two sites (K13 and K 14) extracted from Kanaroe
basic igneous rocks are shown in (Fig.4.27a). These directions have high scattered
around the present Earths magnetic field. The overall mean magnetic directions
obtained for these two sites before and after bedding corrections are Dec=230.6,
Inc=54.8 (95=121, N=11) and Dec=159.3, Inc=74.5 (95=180) respectively.
Values of the overall mean directions have a downward positive inclinations and
declinations mostly far away from the present Earths magnetic field. Also, scatter
occurred within-site and between-sites is recognized in these specimens. All
specimens have very high intensities varying from (57.601-133.88) mAm-1, whereas
the specimen that thermally conducted in USA (K 14.1) show low intensity value
(0.538) mAm-1. When Kanaroe specimens were thermally demagnetized at (250)C,
the overall mean directions before and after bedding corrections became
Dec=246.8, Inc=52.8 (95=55.2) and Dec=246.5, Inc=82.2 (95=82)
respectively (Fig.4.27b). Somewhat, better grouping happened but still far away
from the present Earths magnetic field, with intensities still high
(33.47-88.934) mAm-1.
Waraz Initial NRM directions of two sites (W 34 and W 35) of Waraz specimens before
and after tilting are shown in (Fig.4.28a). The overall mean direction before bedding
corrections is Dec=64.5, Inc=74.4 (95=180, N=10), which is highly scattered
around the present Earths magnetic direction. A within-site and between-sites
scatter is also observed. Generally, all specimens of these two sites (including those
conducted in USA) have moderately to high intensities (3.149-12.54) mAm-1.
The behavior of the magnetic directions of Waraz specimens after the thermal
demagnetization at (250)C was strongly changed and moved toward the present
Earths magnetic field (Fig.4.28b).
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

(a) Initial NRM

Field corrected Tilt corrected


(b) at 250 o C

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field

Overall mean direction


Downward site mean direction
Downward and upward directions
Conducted in USA

(Fig.4.27) Lambert equal - area projection s show specimens, site mean and overall mean
directions of Kanaroe sites before and after bedding correction at
(a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)o C
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

(a) Initial NRM

Field corrected Tilt corrected

(b) at 250 o C

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field

Overall mean direction


Downward site mean direction
Downward and upward directions
Conducted in USA

(Fig.4.28) Lambert equal - area projection s show specimens, site mean and overall mean
directions of Waraz sites before and after bedding correction at
(a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)o C
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

The overall mean direction is Dec=343.5, Inc=30.6 (95=8.9), which has


a positive download inclinations and well clustered declinations mostly towards the
North direction. A between-sites scatter is less than the within-site scatter in both
cases (before and after bedding corrections).
The magnetic directions of Waraz specimens could reflect a primary magnetic
component, since it shows a real grouping after the thermal cleaning, while the
Kanaroe rocks show highly scattered magnetic directions, which could be not
considered as meaningful results (Fig.4.29).
4.3.5. All localities
The initial magnetic directions before and after bedding corrections for all
specimens collected from the study sampling locations reflect a highly scattered
directions around the present Earths magnetic field (Fig.4.30a). In fact, the scatter
occurred in their magnetic directions could be due to: X overprinting magnetization
as a result of the late diagenesis, Y the difference in the distribution of the magnetic
minerals as a result of the change in the depositional environment or the diagenesis,
and Z the geomagnetic behavior at the time when these rocks acquired their
magnetic remanences (Hijab, 1982).

After thermally demagnetization at (250)C (Fig.4.30b), two main primary


components with better grouping were recognized before and after bedding
corrections (scatter was mostly disappeared). The first group was carried by the
positive downward component with declinations mostly near the present Earths
magnetic field, and may indicates a normal polarity for the Chwarta and Zainal
localities (Naoprdan limestone Formation) during Paleocene-Lower Eocene and
Azmar locality during Valanginian-Turonian age. Moreover, igneous rocks
(Kanaroe and Waraz locations) have the similar normal polarity component;
however, the overall mean direction of Kanaroe specimens is far away from the
present Earths magnetic direction. The normal magnetic polarization which
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

observed in the above rocks was coated by many overprinting components which
could resulted in the high scatter in the magnetic directions. Therefore it is hard to
say that this grouping may give a reliable indication to the time of formation.
The second group is represented by the component which has negative upward
inclinations and well clustered declinations mostly in South direction. This
component may represent the reversal polarity which occurred for Maukaba and
Zardabe localities (Aqra limestone Formation) during Maastrichtian age (Upper
Cretaceous). The difference in magnetic direction between one location and another
simply could be related to the tectonic activity of this area. It is well known that
these localities have been subjected to high tectonic activity. However, because the
results of the mean site direction are not that good, i.e. with high scatter, it is rather
hard to jump to conclusion of the nature of the tectonic movements. Nevertheless, it
can be said that these paleomagnetic directions clearly suggest the relative tectonic
movements between the different sampling localities. Therefore, there is a real need
to investigate the magnetic carrier within these rocks and the nature of the magnetic
vector they have.
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Initial NRM

Field corrected Tilt corrected


at 250 o C

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field


Overall mean directions for Kanaroe and Waraz localities respective ly
Downward and upward directions (Kanaroe Sites)
Downward and upward directions (Waraz Sit es)

(Fig.4.29) Lambert equal - area projection s show specimens, site mean and overall mean
directions of Kanaroe and Waraz sites before and after bedding correction at
(a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)o C
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

(a) Initial NRM

Field corrected Tilt corrected

(b) at 250 o C

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field


Downward and upward directions
Overall downward and upward mean directions

(Fig.4.30) Lambert equal - area projection s show specimens, site mean and overall
mean directions of all sites before and after bedding correction at
(a) initial NRM and (b) thermally cleaned at (250)o C
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

4.4. Magnetic Carriers


Nearly (80) polished thin sections (2-3 thin sections from each site) and seven
X-ray diffractograms (one sample from each locality) were prepared from the studied
samples in the workshop of the Geology Department, Baghdad University and the
Ministry of Sciences and Technology respectively. These tests are mainly for
identifying the magnetic minerals in the studied rocks.
For x-ray examinations no clear peaks were found in all the x-ray diagrams even
when the angle () is equal to (70). This is because of the high background of the
iron oxides which existed in these samples (personal communications with
Dr. Mohammed Issam, Ahmad Al-Shakeri and Abbas Al-Azzawi).
For thin sections, however, the iron oxides were revealed as magnetite,
haematite, and goethite. In some rocks the magnetite is clear, while in others it is hard
to be identified. Moreover, in many rocks magnetite, haematite and goethite can be
found side by side, which indicates the chemical changes that could happen through
the geologic time.
Isothermal remanent magnetization (IRM) experiments support the broad,
lithologic-dependent categorization of magnetic carriers in the sediments based on
NRM properties (Kent et al., 1995). A variety of IRM acquisition curves were
obtained with the help of a laboratory-built pulse ASC model IM-10-30 demagnetizer
existed in USA (section 3.2.4). In total, seven oriented samples
(Ch 3.5, Ma 7.4, K 14.1, Z 15.4, Zr 21.2, Az 28.3 and W 35.2) were subjected to
magnetic fields along their vertical axis. The fields were steadily increased with
(11-12) steps up to (2500) mT, and their remanence being measured after each step
using a 2G cryogenic magnetometer. By plotting a curve for IRM against the applied
field, the nature of the magnetic mineral can be identified. There are standard curves
for magnetite, maghemite and haematite (Fig.4.31). Each mineral has its behavior
under the applied field. The magnetite can be saturated at (900) mT to (1000) mT,
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

while the haematite show a gradual increase and no saturation for more than
(2000) mT. Maghemite however, shows the behavior in between these two minerals.
Though, the IRM method can clearly identify the magnetic minerals but some times it
is rather good to do other mineral identification and compare the results. In the
following pages we will try to describe the specimens that have been examined.
Magnetic Intensity (mA2/Kg)

(a)

Applied Field (mT)

(b)
0.0025
Magnetic Intensity (mA2 /Kg)

Torridon
0.002 Eribol
Durness
0.0015 Sleat

0.001

0.0005

0.000
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Applied Field (mT)

(Fig.4.31) Representative isothermal remanent magnetization acquisition


curves for (a) magnetite and (b) haematite (after internet, 2006)
The IRM test result is listed down here as a table, thin sections and curve. The
shape of the IRM curve of specimen (Ch 3.5) (Naoprdan limestone Formation) could
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

suggest a maghemite magnetic mineral (a stage between magnetite and haematite)


(Fig.4.32), while the optical test suggests highly fractured fossiliferous limestone.
Most of these fractures were filled with carbonate cement. No detrital grains
observed. Iron oxides are present mostly within fossils and to a lesser extent along
pressure-solution seams. Iron oxide crystals can be noticed in this section too. In this
case, the magnetic minerals could be subjected to chemical alteration through the
geologic time with others that developed and filled the fissures. Unstable magnetic
directions will characterize these kinds of rocks and consequently, high scatter of the
magnetic directions is noticed.
For the specimen (Ma 7.4) (Aqra Lst Formation in Maukaba locality) the optical
test shows fossiliferous dolomitic limestone with detrital fine sand grains of
quartz; chlorite and iron oxides (may be magnetite and haematite). Iron oxides
also present as pressure-solution seams along fossil and grain boundaries.
Sometimes, the optical test can not really identify the type of iron oxides,
however, the magnetic behavior can do that easily, and i.e., the IRM curve
probably corresponds to magnetite, which could be formed in the strong reducing
conditions of the depositional environment. This magnetite could be of detrital origin;
however, the IRM shows magnetite as a magnetic mineral carrier. The rocks here
show clear and stable magnetic vector, which is more likely related to the time
of the formation (Fig.4.33).
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Applied Field (mT) IRM (mAm-1)


20 0.48
40 1.34
80 3.046
120 3.562
200 4.202
300 4.51
500 5.74
700 6.434
1000 7.95
1500 9.801
2000 12.31
2500 13.55

16 Isothermal Remanent Magnetization (Ch 3.5)

12
IRM (mA/m)

0
20 270 520 770 1020 1270 1520 1770 2020 2270
Applied Field (mT)

(Fig.4.32) Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (Ch 3.5)
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Applied Field (mT) IRM (mAm-1)


20 2.196
40 6.698
80 14.16
120 15.7
200 16.76
300 17.02
700 17.38
1000 17.36
1500 17.29
2000 17.02
2500 17.24

Isothermal Remanent Magnetiza tion (Ma 7.4)


20

16
IRM (mA/m)

12

0
20 270 520 770 1020 1270 1520 1770 2020 2270

Applied Field (mT)

(Fig.4.33) Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (Ma 7.4)
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

The IRM curve of the specimen (K 14.1) (Gabbro in Kanaroe locality)


typically reaches saturation by about (520) mT, and has a smooth coercivity
field spectrum to about (2500) mT (Fig.4.34).
Applied Field (mT) IRM (mAm-1)
20 17.31
40 29.61
80 43.48
120 46.93
200 50.24
300 51.24
500 51.97
700 52.12
1000 52.03
1500 51.37
2000 51.65
2500 51.10

Isothermal Remanent Magnetization (K 14.1)

55

45
IRM (mA/m)

35

25

15
20 270 520 770 1020 1270 1520 1770 2020 2270
Applied Field (mT)

(Fig.4.34) Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (K 14.1)
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

This behavior may be owing to the presence of the magnetite as dominant


magnetic carrier. Haematite also presented and came from magnetite. The
optical test shows fractured and altered feldspars and pyroxenes altered to
amphiboles and chlorite. Too much iron oxide also exists as magnetite
(presented secondary in veins may be haematite and primary as magnetite
crystals). The igneous rock in this case can yield two magnetic vectors, primary
magnetite vector acquiring during the beginning stages of cooling processes and
secondary magnetic vector carried by haematite which came from the strong
chemical alteration of magnetite. The magnetic vectors in this rock however,
cannot relate to the primary magnetization; chemical overprint magnetic
components are existed.
The IRM curve of the specimen (Z 15.4) (Naoprdan limestone Formation in
Zainal locality) shows magnetite mineral as the main magnetic carrier, but also
there is haematite. The haematite most probably came from the magnetite. The
optical test however, showed these two minerals. Pressure-solution seams along
fossil contacts, iron oxides mostly haematite around the grains is presented as
veins along these seams, while the magnetite is existed as a dentritic shape
(Fig.4.35).
In this case, the rock may posses two magnetic vector. One primary magnetic
vector is due to the time of formation and another magnetic vector is due to the
chemical alteration.
The IRM curve of the specimen (Zr 21.2) (Aqra limestone Formation in Zardabe
locality) is identical, almost has highly saturation intensity and probably corresponds
to magnetite which formed in reducing depositional environment (Fig.4.36).
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Applied Field (mT) IRM (mAm-1)


20 0.547
40 1.435
80 3.057
120 3.481
200 4.000
300 4.322
500 4.531
700 4.668
1000 4.960
1500 5.059
2000 5.463
2500 5.622

6 Isothermal Remanent Magnetization (Z 15.4)

4
IRM (mA/m)

0
20 270 520 770 1020 1270 1520 1770 2020 2270
Applied Field (mT)

(Fig.4.35) Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (Z 15.4)
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Applied Field (mT) IRM (mAm-1)


20 15.12
40 43.25
80 94.66
120 111.40
200 133.00
300 140.10
500 149.40
700 149.00
1000 149.00
1500 154.10
2000 160.10
2500 164.50

Isothermal Remanent Magnetization (Zr 21.2)

155.00
135.00
IRM (mA/m)

115.00
95.00
75.00
55.00
35.00
15.00
20 270 520 770 1020 1270 1520 1770 2020 2270

Applied Field (mT)

(Fig.4.36) Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (Zr 21.2)

However, magnetite could be of detrital origin and considered as the main


magnetic carrier of this rock unit. The optical test illustrates a compacted moderately
recrystallized and dolomitized fossiliferous carbonate, with serpentine and chlorite
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

rock fragments of coarse sand to sand sized. Iron oxides mostly present as stains
along the boundaries of fossils and to a lesser extent as scattered grains.
It seems that the diagenesis, in which the iron oxides formed successive zones
which are surrounding and parallel to the outline of the crystals, didnt effect the
distribution of the magnetic minerals within the site, i.e. those minerals were
homogeneously distributed within each site belong to the Aqra Formation. Therefore,
a stable magnetic vector related to the time of formation is observed.
The IRM curve behavior of the specimen (Az 28.3) indicates the existence of more
than two phases of iron oxides. Figure 4.37 shows the indication of magnetite and
haematite and there is another iron oxides that give saturation at (500) mT, however,
the optical test also declare a very fine grained fossiliferous fractured limestone filled
with calcite. Higher amount of iron oxides present as haematite and stains. The
magnetic vectors in this rock, therefore cannot related to the primary magnetization,
overprint is quite common in this case.
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Applied Field (mT) IRM (mAm-1)


20 0.368
40 1.273
80 2.992
120 3.53
200 4.037
300 4.259
500 5.027
700 5.559
1000 10.57
1500 18.72
2000 35.2
2500 44.22

50 Isothermal Remanent Magnetization (Az 28.3)

40
IRM (mA/m)

30

20

10

0
20 270 520 770 1020 1270 1520 1770 2020 2270

Applied Field (mT)

(Fig.4.37) Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (Az 28.3)

For the specimen (W 35.2), high saturation intensity indicates both haematite and
few magnetites mostly altered. The magnetic carrier for this gabbro was mainly
haematite (Fig.4.38). The optical test shows moderately altered Gabbro with
plagioclase altering to sericite and kaolinite. Also, pyroxenes altering to chlorites.
Few magnetites are noticed. In this case, the magnetic mineral might be subjected to
strong chemical alteration during the geologic time and unstable magnetic vector may
cause highly scattered directions. In other words, these intrusions can not be used for
the determination of the paleomagnetic directions due to the overprinting components.
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Applied Field (mT) IRM (mAm-1)


20 107.3
40 306.5
80 579.8
120 654.4
200 711
300 717.1
700 736.9
1000 735.1
1500 733
2000 735
2500 732.9

Isothermal Remanent Magnetization (W 35.2)


800

600
IRM (mA/m)

400

200

0
20 270 520 770 1020 1270 1520 1770 2020 2270

Applied Field (mT)

(Fig.4.38) Table, thin sections and IRM curve of the specimen (W 35.2)

Different chemical alteration affecting the ferromagnetic minerals may have


occurred in the study area. Based on these assumptions, the rock-magnetic properties
of Chwarta, Zainal, Azmar, Kanaroe and Waraz localities should be quite similar
unless diagenesis process and chemical alteration change occurred.
Paleomagnetic Measurements and Results

Rock magnetic experiments have shown that, in most cases, mean magnetic
carriers are magnetite and haematite, judging thermal, alternating field
demagnetizations and isothermal remanent magnetization with the assistance of
studied optical tests. Since titanomagnetites and titanomaghemites can not be
distinguished with the magnetic experiments performed in this study. Consequently,
paleodirections were probably affected by chemical alteration
(Alva-Valdivia et al., 2001).
Chapter Five
Interpretation, Conclusions and Recommendations
5.1. Paleomagnetic Interpretation and its relation with tectonics
In paleomagnetic study it usually depends on statistic criteria to distinguish the
meaningful results from those which are not. The cone of confidence at
95 levels usually used as the main statistic criteria. However there is no real range
or value on which one can decide. In some studies, values up to 95=25o is
acceptable, while in others a value of less than 13 degree can be considered as
significant. It depends on the interpreter, number of sites, area stability, sampling
locations distribution and the scatter of the data. However, in this study a value of
25o will be considered as the optimum value for accepting the magnetic mean
directions of any locality. The pilot specimen analysis is one of important criteria
for distinguishing between the magnetic components within a rock. This gives the
magnetic components directions and their stability. There is also the nature of the
magnetic carrier that shows the type and the conditions of the magnetic grains
within the rocks.
The magnetic mean directions for all sites of all studied locations are listed in
table 5.1 and with their statistic criteria. It can be noticed that magnetic mean
directions of Chwarta, Zainal, Azmar, Waraz, Maukaba, Zardabe and Kanaroe
rocks are all showing 95 values more than 25o (except sites 32 and 35 of Azmar
and Waraz localities). In this case, the magnetic directions data of these rocks can
not to be considered as significant at alpha 95 levels. However, In the Chwarta,
Zainal and Azmar rocks the magnetic directions showed normal polarities with
mean magnetic directions that are near to the present Earths field (Fig.5.1), but
because of their low intensities and high scatter (95>25o), it was difficult to
determine if they are genuine or spurious magnetic directions.
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

(Table-5.1) The statistic criteria and VGPs of all sites of the


studied locations for bedding tilt-corrected magnetic directions at (250)C

Mean VGPs
95
Co-

Site
No.
Locality N R K
Dec Inc Latitude PLong Plat.
1 6 3.25 83.9 61.5 1.82 72.2 42.6 96 32.6
2 6 3.92 262.7 50.6 2.4 55.7 31.4 333.3 17.2
Chwarta

3 6 3.41 343.8 30.6 1.93 67.9 16.5 246 57.9


4 6 2.97 318.4 70.5 1.65 80.6 54.6 340.1 62.3
5 6 4.03 29.2 51.3 2.54 53.2 32 146.6 63.7
6 5 3.4 75.1 59.4 2.5 61.5 40.2 102.8 36.8
Overall mean Dec = 6 Inc = 69.9 ( 95 = 32.2 )
7 6 3.63 171.5 -24.5 2.11 62.4 -12.8 230.9 56.6
8 6 3.3 134.5 -15.1 1.85 70.8 -7.7 276.2 35.6
Maukaba

9 5 3.01 132.7 -37.8 2.01 74.9 -21.2 289.7 44.5


10 6 3.94 148.6 -15.8 2.42 55.2 -8.1 261.4 43.8
11 5 3.86 133.1 -52 3.52 47.8 -32.6 302.8 52
12 6 1.3 115.4 48 1.06 180 29.1 88.2 4.8
Overall mean Dec = 140.9 Inc = -18.9 ( 95 = 34.1 )
13 5 3.11 26.7 79.8 2.12 71.1 70.2 54.8 62.1
Kanaroe
14 6 5.16 230.5 65.7 5.96 29.9 47.9 3.7 13.4
Overall mean Dec = 246.5 Inc = 82.2 ( 95 = 82 )
15 6 2.18 32.2 62.8 1.31 115.8 44.3 117.3 67.3
16 6 3.24 52.3 47 1.81 72.4 28.2 130.1 45.6
Zainal

17 6 3.01 15 58.9 1.67 79.4 39.7 148.3 77.6


18 6 4.48 74.8 28.8 3.3 43.8 15.4 125.5 21.5
19 5 3.1 68.3 75.9 2.1 71.7 63.4 75.2 48.9
Overall mean Dec = 50.8 Inc = 56.8 ( 95 = 22 )
20 6 3.8 180.5 -41.4 2.27 58.4 -23.8 214.4 68.3
21 6 2.48 167.9 -9.6 1.42 99.5 -4.8 233.8 48
22 5 1.6 158.4 -18.2 1.18 180 -9.3 249.5 49.3
Zardabe

23 6 1.61 47.7 -20.3 1.14 180 -10.5 345.2 -19.5


24 6 4.46 181.5 -28.7 3.25 44.2 -15.3 212.8 59.8
25 6 4.33 201.2 -27.8 3 46.8 -14.8 178.9 54.3
26 5 2.45 177.9 -14.7 1.57 99.4 -7.5 219 51.9
27 6 3.31 333.4 24.1 1.86 70.4 12.6 258.6 50.1
Overall mean Dec = 172.1 Inc = -30.6 ( 95 = 54.6 )
28 6 5.12 93.9 61 5.7 30.7 42.1 91.3 26.2
29 6 5.26 101.3 46.1 6.77 27.8 27.4 98.4 11.9
Azmar

30 6 5.22 155 58.8 6.37 28.8 39.5 54.7 -2.1


31 6 2.34 294.8 40.9 1.36 106.7 23.5 305.9 33.6
32 5 4.76 81.9 64.9 16.34 19.5 46.9 92.4 36
33 6 3.96 138.8 71.5 2.45 54.7 56.2 58.2 17.4
Overall mean Dec = 110.7 Inc = 74.1 ( 95 = 30 )
34 5 4.57 15.8 36.3 9.27 26.5 20.1 183.4 61.5
Waraz
35 5 4.77 16.9 40.3 17.16 19 23 178.8 63.6
Overall mean Dec = 16.3 Inc = 38.3 ( 95 = 8.9 )
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

o ' o ' o ' o '


45 20 45 30 45 40 45 50

Zainal
(a)
)
o '
35 50 Waraz Kanaroe
(b)
Muakaba

Present Earth ,s Waraz


magnetic field

Zainal
Chwarta
Chwarta

o ' Kanaroe
35 40 Azmar

Zardabe

Maukaba
Azmar Zardabe

Suliamanyia
o '
35 30

(Fig.5.1) The overall mean directions of the investigated sampling localities after
bedding tilt-correction at (250)C projected on: (a) base map and (b) Lambert equal-area
(Blue and red arrows correspond to overall mean downward and upward magnetic directions)

Overprinting magnetization from recent chemical alterations could give


magnetic components near to the present Earth's field too. Therefore, it is hard to
distinguish between the original (acquired with the rock formation) and secondary
magnetic components, particularly when the rock shows many magnetic directions
with high scatter. In addition, the pilot specimen analysis did not show consistent
magnetic component, while the IRM and the thin sections examination clearly
showed the existence of haematite in different forms and even the magnetite grains
in some thin sections showed indications of alterations. In other words, these rocks
have not preserved a primary magnetic direction. The magnetic minerals probably
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

have subjected to much alteration which resulted in very high scatter directions. It
is rather important to mention here that these rocks which represent Naoprdan and
Balambo limestone Formations could have or carry the paleomagnetic directions in
other localities. But in the northern part of Iraq and particularly at the collecting
localities of this study they probably are not carrying the original magnetic
directions that related to the age of their formation. Obviously, the high tectonic
activity at the studied area played its roles in the alteration process that occurred
through the geologic times.
In Waraz and Kanaroe localities from which the igneous rocks were collected
the mean magnetic direction of Waraz rocks shows direction close to the present
Earths magnetic field, while the Kanaroe rocks has mean magnetic direction
toward the south west with high angle of downward inclination. Both of these two
localities show between sites and within site high scatter in the magnetic directions,
it is hard to say that the magnetic directions of these rocks can represent the time of
the rock formation. The pilot specimen analysis has not show a common magnetic
component. There is more than one type of magnetic minerals in these rocks.
Chemical alteration and possibly the tectonic stresses have played their roles in
overprinting the original magnetic components. It was very hard to collect the
standard core samples from these rocks. Igneous rocks at these two localities are
highly fractured and possibly metamorphosed. Thus, for this reason, the age of
these igneous intrusions can not be predicted, though it was one of the main aims of
this study.
The reverse magnetic directions that were found in the Maukaba and Zardabe
rocks have a natural remanent magnetization in a south-easterly direction far from
the present Earths magnetic field. It is likely that these are stable components. The
reasons for considering these reverse magnetic directions as stable magnetic
component are:
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

1. The occurrence of a reverse direction of magnetization (south southeast


direction with low upward inclination) is in itself evidence of stability.
2. The directions of magnetization become less scattered after the bedding tilt-
correction. This suggests that the magnetization was acquired before tilting
and that the direction of polarization has since been preserved.
3. Several specimens were re-measured after a period of six months. They were
stored in random directions in the present Earths magnetic field. No
significant changes in the directions of NRM were observed.
4. The pilot specimen analysis showed stable magnetic component.
5. The thin sections examination showed magnetite grains which probably are the
main magnetic carrier for these rocks.
6. The IRM test that conducted in Oklahoma University also showed magnetite
as the main magnetic carrier.
During the thermal demagnetization at (250)C, the individual magnetic
directions of Maukaba and Zardabe specimens move toward the reverse Earths
pole field, with shallow inclinations. As mentioned above, there were present-day
magnetic components within these rocks. The thermal cleaning however removed
most of these overprinting components. Yet few specimens have showed high
coercivity for these overprinting components. Apparently, the 250C was not
enough for removing these high coercivity components. Therefore, these
components were removed from the calculation of the overall mean direction. For
Maukaba locality 14 specimens were rejected from the total of 34 specimens.
While for Zardabe locality, 21 specimens were rejected from the total of
46 specimens. After removing the rejected abnormal directions from Maukaba and
Zardabe localities, the scatter mostly reduce, and the reversed polarity is clearly
established (Fig.5.2).
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

(a) Maukaba Locality

at 250 o C

Field corrected Tilt corrected

(b) Zardabe Locality

at 250 o C

Field corrected Tilt corrected

Present Earth' s Magnetic Field


(Fig.5.2) Lambert equal - area projection s show the
Overall upward mean directions site mean and overall mean of the stable directions
Upward directions of (a) Maukaba and (b) Zardabe specimens when field
Upward site mean directions and bedding tilt - correction s have been applied at (250) o C
Conducted in USA
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

The overall mean directions after bedding tilt-correction are Dec=140.7,


Inc=-26.5, K=31.9, N=20, 95=4.5 and Dec=169.3, Inc=-26.3, K=28.5, N=25,
95=6.4 for Maukaba and Zardabe localities respectively. The bedding tilt
corrections have clearly showed the reduction in the magnetic directions scatter,
which indicates that these magnetic components acquired prior to the tilting
(Table 5.2).
(Table-5.2) The overall mean directions and VGPs of the Maukaba and Zardabe
rocks after rejected abnormal magnetic directions at (250)C

Overall mean Co- VGPs


Locality Correction N K 95 Latitude
Dec Inc PLong Plat
Maukaba

Field-corrected 20 184.1 -32.7 13.25 19.1 -17.8 207.4 62.1 (S)

Tilt-corrected 20 140.7 -26.5 31.9 4.5 -14 279 44.4 (S)

Field-corrected 25 124.3 -50.2 22.2 10.8 -31 306.9 44.9 (S)


Zardabe

Tilt-corrected 25 169.3 -26.3 28.5 6.4 -13.9 235 57.1 (S)

Paleo-Pole positions have been computed for the magnetic directions of


Maukaba and Zardabe rocks specimens (Aqra limestone Formation) .The VGPs
correspond to a reverse polarity, in other words, to the southern hemisphere. The
overall mean of the VGPs positions of the Maukaba locality is Plat=44.4 S and
Plong=279, while for the Zardabe rocks is Plat=57.1 S and Plong=235. These are the
paleo-poles positions correspond to the time and place of Aqra Limestone
depositional basin. However, there is a clear difference between the two paleo-
poles positions. But the co-latitude that was calculated for the two localities show
latitude positions which are (-14) for Maukaba locality and (-13.9) for Zardabe
locality. They are both located on almost the same paleo- latitude.
The negative signs for latitudes mean that they are in the opposite hemisphere
relative to the Earths magnetic pole. They are in the northern hemisphere since the
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

reverse polarity means that the northern Earths magnetic pole is located in the
southern hemisphere. So the actual paleo-latitudes are 14 N and 13.9 N.
The paleo-latitude positions of the Aqra limestone basin simply mean that on
Maastrichtian times the north part of Iraq is still at low latitude. The rotational
movement of Upper Cretaceous times which caused the closure of the Neo-Tethys
ocean has not commenced yet. Hijab, 1982 and Hijab et al., 1998, 2000 have
pointed out that on Upper Cretaceous-Lower Tertiary times there was a rotational
movement for Afro-Arabian plate that caused the closure of the NeoTethys ocean,
which was followed by the collision of the Arabian plate with the Iranian and
Turkish micro plates. This movement caused the Arabian plate to move toward the
northeast by 20 degrees in latitude. Taking this latitude movement into
consideration, the Aqra Limestone basin position at the present time should be at
latitude of 34N and 33.9N for Maukaba and Zardabe localities respectively.
However, nowadays the actual geographic positions of these localities are around
3540 N and 3550 N respectively, which are different by nearly two degrees. This
difference could be related to the geomagnetic axial dipole model and the related
paleo-pole position (latitude) calculations, or it could indicate that there were other
movements for Arabian plate in Miocene times. This is probably related to the two
stages of the opening of the Red Sea.
Being north part of Iraq at latitude of 14 N during the Maastrichtian age
means that Iraq was still near the equator. This also means that warm equator or
near equator environment was still prevailed on that time. Again this indicates that
the oil accumulation environment can be found in rocks of ages Maastrichtian or
older than Maastrichtian for the north part of Iraq.
It can be easily noticed that there are clear difference in paleo-longitudes values
between Maukaba and Zardabe localities. Though, they both recorded almost the
same paleo-latitude of the depositional basin. This difference in longitude could be
related to the local tectonic movement between the two localities. The well known
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

transverse faults are passing through this area. Some of these faults are clearly
identified in the geologic map of Iraq, while others are not. However, their effect
can be indicated by the change in the fold axis direction. This can be noticed for
many fold axes in the north part of Iraq. In the study area this feature can be
noticed for Azmar fold axis (Fig.5.3) too. This divergence in the fold axis caused
the difference in the recorded magnetic declinations between the Maukaba and
Zardabe limestone rocks.

)
Muakaba

Zardabe

Roads
Cities and Villages

(Fig.5.3) Showing the divergence in the fold axis of Azmar Mountain and its relation
to the difference in the magnetic declinations of Maukaba and Zardabe localities

On first look, if one try to reconstruct the lineation of fold axis and make it as
a straight line then the two magnetic directions of the two localities will be
coincide, i.e. they recorded the same magnetic directions before the tectonic
movements. Accordingly, the difference in the calculated paleo-longtitude values is
related to this tectonic movement, since they are calculated from the magnetic
declinations of the two localities. This difference however can be considered as
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

another evidence for the magnetic directions which are recorded by Aqra
Limestones at Maukaba and Zardabe localities. They are genuine primary magnetic
components. They were acquired before the tectonic divergence in the axis of
Azmar fold.
In this study we have rejected the results from Chwarta, Zainal localities
(Naoprdan limestone Formation), Waraz and Kanaroe localities (igneous rocks).
They did not reveal stable magnetic components for the studied area for the reason
that where mentioned above, i.e. these rocks could have stable magnetic
components in other localities. Obviously it needs to be studied in other places.
However, Aqra Limestones rocks have shown stable primary magnetic
components. This formation therefore can be used for identifying the tectonic
movements in the north part of Iraq. It can be used for local and regional tectonic
studies. In fact, the paleomagnetic results of this formation can even identify the
exact relative tectonic movements of all kinds.

5.2. Conclusions and Recommendations


1. The paleomagnetic studies for igneous rocks (Kanaroe and Waraz localities) in
NE Iraq showed secondary magnetic components with high scattered magnetic
directions that are associated with magnetite and haematite grains. The thin
sections and the microscopic examinations showed that these magnetic
minerals suffered from chemical alterations. Therefore the studied igneous
rocks can not be considered as a good recorder for the paleomagnetic
directions. These rocks are highly fractured with indications of heavily
tectonic stresses. It is too difficult to do the normal paleomagnetic sampling
procedure (core drilling) for these rocks. Oriented hand samples could be
a good solution to overcome the sampling problems.
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

2. Due to the geological, tectonic conditions and the preliminary paleomagnetic


results of these igneous rocks (in the NE part of Iraq), which showed very high
scatter magnetic directions, this study was reoriented for sedimentary rocks.
3. The sedimentary rocks of Azmar locality (Balambo limestone Formation),
Chwarta and Zainal localities (Naoprdan limestone Formation), and Maukaba
and Zardabe localities (Aqra limestone Formation), were sampled in the field,
measured, and analyzed. Only Aqra Formation Limestones of Maukaba and
Zardabe locations showed stable magnetic components that are probably
related to the time of rock formation. Microscopic thin sections showed
chemical alteration and new developed magnetic minerals for these rocks.
However, for Aqra Limestones magnetite grains are the main magnetic carrier.
Some of them showed slight alteration at there boundaries. Apparently the
magnetic grains of Aqra Formation rocks have been kept intact through the
geological time, which make these rocks as a good recorder of the
paleomagnetic direction.
4. All the results of the sedimentary rocks are rejected in this study (except those
for Aqra Limestones). They showed very high within and between site scatter.
The statistical test with alpha 95o showed values much more than 25o degrees.
While for Aqra magnetic directions the alpha 95o showed values less than 7o.
5. The IRM tests that were preformed in Oklahoma University (USA) identified
the magnetic grains (magnetite, haematite and maghemite) within the studied
rocks. This test proved once again as a right test for distinguishing between the
magnetic minerals. It shows the main magnetic carrier in the rocks.
6. Isothermal remanent magnetization indicates that the primary magnetite is the
dominant remanence carrying minerals observed in Maukaba and Zardabe
specimens. In other localities (Chwarta, Zainal, Azmar, Kanaroe and Waraz),
secondary haematite or maghemite is dominant. This explains why the Aqra
Limestones still have the primary magnetic directions.
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

7. The thermal demagnetization of the NRM of the Maukaba and Zardabe pilot
specimens showed two main magnetic components. X a low-temperature
(LT) magnetic component at (20-200)C which is carried by low coercivity
magnetic grains. Their magnetic directions are mostly near to the present
Earths field. This component is regarded as overprint of secondary origin; and
Y a medium- high temperature (MT-HT) magnetic component at (250-600)C
which is carried by high coercivity stable magnetic grains. This magnetic
component showed reversed magnetic directions. It is interpreted as a primary
genuine magnetic component.
8. The characteristic magnetization components were successfully isolated in
Maukaba and Zardabe localities. The overall mean tilt-corrected
paleomagnetic directions (after rejecting the abnormal directions) obtained in
this study are Dec=140.7, Inc=-26.5, K=31.9, N=20, 95=4.5 and
Dec=169.3, Inc=-26.3, K=28.5, N=25, 95=6.4 for Maukaba and Zardabe
localities respectively.
9. All computed VGPs correspond to a reverse polarity, and the overall mean
VGPs position of the Maukaba locality is Plat=44.4 S and Plong=279, which is
differ from that of the Zardabe locality (Plat=57.1 S and Plong=235) with
co-latitude (-14) and (-13.9) respectively. Accordingly the paleo-latitude for
Maukaba and Zardabe localities are 14 N and 13.9 N.
10. Apparently the Neotethys ocean to the north and northeast of studied area was
still there during Maastrichtian age. The closure of this ocean apparently
happened some time between the Maastrichtian and Lower Tertiary (as it is
mentioned by many authors). The rotational movement of Afro-Arabian plate
towards the NE causing the closing and then the collisions with Iranian and
Turkish micro plates. This movement caused the Arabian plate to move about
20 degrees in latitude. Taking into consideration of this movement of the
Arabian plate then this will lead to the latitude positions of 34 N and 33.9 N
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

for Maukaba and Zardabe locations. However the present locations of these
two localities are 35 40 N and 35 50 N. There are about 2 degrees
difference between the present locations and the calculated locations. This
difference could be related to the model of the geocentric axial dipole and its
related calculations or it could related to other plate movements in Miocene
times, i.e. the opening of the Red Sea in Miocene times.
11. The paleo-position of the Aqra Limestone basin clearly suggests that the north
part of Iraq was still in the warm environmental conditions during
Maastrichtian times. This means that the oil accumulation can be found in
rocks of ages for Maastrichtian and older than Maastrichtian.
12. The paleo-pole positions of Maukaba and Zardabe localities showed clear
difference in their longitude values, which reflect the difference in the
declinations of the magnetic directions of these rocks. The difference in the
declinations probably due to the local tectonic movements. Since the north part
of Iraq have subjected to many transverse faults movements. These
movements usually indicated by the divergence (change in the direction) of
fold axes. In this study, however such case is clear for Azmar fold axis.
A reconstruction of this fold axis to its previous lineation resulted in
a coincidence of the Maukaba and Zardabe magnetic declinations. This clearly
indicates that the folding and the divergence in the fold axis happened after
Aqra Limestones rocks acquired their magnetic directions.
13. In this study Aqra Limestones rocks are considered as very good rocks for
paleomagnetic studies, because they recorded the paleomagnetic directions
and kept them through the geologic times. Therefore, this formation can be
considered as a key formation for paleomagnetic and tectonic studies.
Regional and local tectonics can be identified through these studies. This will
help in reconstruction models for the tectonics and the structure of the north
part of Iraq.
Interpretations, Conclusions and Recommendations

14. For future paleomagnetic studies, it is recommended to select Aqra Formation


(Maastrichtian age) that distributed in the northeastern parts of Iraq, as a key
horizon to study the local and regional tectonics. However, it is rather
important to take into consideration the genuine magnetic direction of this
formation and the reversal polarity which is carried by magnetite grains.
15. Detailed paleomagnetic study should be carried out in the northern parts of
Iraq in order to identify the rocks that are carrying the stable primary magnetic
components of Mesozoic and Paleozoic times. The paleomagnetic results then
can solve many questions concerning the tectonics and structures of Iraq. They
can identify the Paleo-positions and the Arabian plate movements over the
geologic times.
References
Adrian, A., 2005; Magnetism of Rocks and Minerals: Microscopic Processes,
(in press). faculty.iu-bremen.de/course/fall04/SPGG/handouts/handout_albert.pdf
Al-Kadhimi, J.A.M., Sissakian, V.K., Fattah, A.S. and Dikran, D.B., 1996;
Tectonic map of Iraq, GEOSURV, Baghdad, Iraq, (Unpubl.).
Al-Khersan, E.H., 2003; Theoretical approach to the Arab homeland tectonics
and other adjacent countries using paleomagnetic information. J. Basrah
Researches, Vol.28, Part 4, 63-75.
Al-Meheidi, H.M., 1975; Tertiary Napps in Mawat range, NE Iraq, Iraqi, J. Geol.
Soc., 7, 31-44.
Alva-Valdivia, L.M., Goguitchaichvili, A., Cobiella-Reguera, J., Urrutia-
Fucugauchi, J., Furdora-Granda, M., Grajales-Nishimura. J.M. and Rosales, C.,
2001; Paleomagnetism of the Guaniguanico Cordillera, Western Cuba: a pilot
study. Cretaceous Research, 22, 705-718. http:\\ www. Idealibrary.com
Aziz, B.K., Lawa, F.A.A. and Said, B.M., 2001, Sulaimani Seismic Swarm
during spring 1999; NE Iraq, Jour. Zankoy Sulaimani (JZS), part A, Vol. 4,
No. (1), 87-100.
Banerjee, S.K., 1971; New grain size limit for paleomagnetic stability in
haematite, Nature Phys. Sci., 232, 15-16.
Baraldo, A. Rapalini, A.E., Bhnel, H. and Mena, M., 2003; Paleomagnetic
study of Deception Island, South Shetland Island, Antarctica, Geophysics,
J. Int., 153, 1-11.
Barendregt, R.W., 1984b; Correlation of Quaternary Chronologies using
paleomagnetism-examples from southern Alberta and Saskatchewan,
in: Mahaney, W.C., ed., Correlation of Quaternary Chronologies, Norwich,
England, Geo. Books, 59-71.
Barendregt, R.W., 1985; Dating methods of Pleistocene deposits and their
problems: VI. Paleomagnetism, Geoscince Canada, Reprint Series 2, 38-51.
References

Barendregt, R.W. and Mahaney, W.C., 1988; Paleomagnetism of selected


Quaternary sediments on Mt Keya, East Africa: a reconnaissance study,
J. African, Earth Sci., 7(1), 219-255.
Buday, T., 1973; Regional Geology of Iraq, Unpubl. Report, SOM Library.
Buday, T., 1980; Stratigraphy and Paleogeography, in: Kassab, I.I.M. and
Jassim, S.Z., eds., The Regional Geology of Iraq, Volume 1, Dar Al-Kutib
Publishing House, Mosul, Iraq, 277 P.
Buday, T. and Jassim, S.Z., 1987; Tectonism, Magmatism and Metamorphism,
in: Kassab, I.I.M. and Abbas, M.J., eds., The Regional Geology of Iraq, Volume
2, Geological Survey and Mineral Investigation Press, Baghdad, 352 P.
Butler, R.F., 1992; Paleomagnetism: Magnetic Domains to Geologic Terranes,
Blackwell Scientific Publications, 238 P.
Channell, J.E.T., 1978; Duel magnetic polarity measured in a single bed of
Cretaceous pelagic limestones from Sicily, J. Geophys., 44, 613-622.
Channell, J.E.T., Freeman, R., Heller, F. and Lowrie, W., 1982; Timing of
diagenetic haematite growth in red pelagic limestones from Gubbio (Italy), Earth
Planet, Sci. Lett., 58, 189-201.
Collinson, D.W., 1983; Methods in Rock Magnetism and Paleomagnetism,
Chapman and Hall, London, 503 P.
Corne, J.J., Moissette, P., Joannin, S., Pierre, J., Quillvr, F., Krijgsman, W.,
Hilgen, F., Koskeridou, E., Mnch, P., Lcuyer, C., and Desvignes, P., 2006;
Tectonic and climate controls on costal sedimentation: The Late Pliocene-Middle
Pleistocene of northern Rhodes, Greece, (in press). http://www.sciencedirect.com
Cox, A., 1961; Anomalous remanent magnetization of basalt, U.S. Geol. Surv.
Bull., V.1083-E, 131-160.
Cox, A., Doell, R.R. and Dalrymple, G.B., 1963; Geomagnetic Polarity epochs
and Pleistocene geochronometry, Nature, V.198, 1049-1051.
References

Cox, A., Doell, R.R. and Dalrymple, G.B., 1964; Geomagnetic Polarity epochs,
Science, V.143, 351-352.
Cox, A., Doell, R.R. and Dalrymple, G.B., 1968; Radiometric time-scale for
geomagnetic reversals, Quart. J. Geol. Soc., V.124, 53-66.
Cox, A., 1970; Latitude dependence of angular dispersion of the geomagnetic
field, Geophys. J. Roy. Astron. Soc., V.20, 192-253.
Creer, K.M., 1967a; Methods of measurements with the static magnetometer.
in: Collinson, D.W. et al, eds., Methods in Paleomagnetism, Elsevier, New York,
172-191.
Creer, K.M., 1967b; Thermal demagnetization by the continuous method,
in: Collinson, D.W. et al, eds., Methods in Paleomagnetism, Elsevier, New York,
287-295.
Dankers, P., 1981; Relationship between median destructive field and remanent
coercive forces for dispersed natural magnetite, titanomagnetite and haematite,
Geophys. J. Roy. Astr. Soc., 64, 461-477.

Dekkers, M.J., 1988; Magnetic properties of natural Pyrrhotite part : behavior of


initial susceptibility and saturation magnetization related rock magnetic
parameters in a grain-size dependent framework. Phys. Earth Planet, Inter. 52,
376-393.
Dekkers, M.J., Mattei, J.L., Fillion, G. and Rochette, P., 1989; Grain-size
dependence of the magnetic behavior of Pyrrhotite during its low temperature
transition at 24k. Geophys. Res. Lett., 16, 855-858.
Dekkers, M.J., 1989a; Magnetic properties of natural goethite I. grain size
dependence of some low and high field related rock magnetic parameters
measured at room temperature, Geophys. Jour., 97, 323-340.
Dekkers, M.J., 1989b; Magnetic properties of natural pyrrhotite. II. high and low
temperature behaviors of jrs and TRM as a function of grain size, phys. Earth
Planet. Int., 57, 266-283.
References

Doell, R.R. and Dalrymple, G.B., 1966; Geomagnetic Polarity epochs:


A new polarity event and the age of the Brunhes-Matuyama boundary, Science,
V.152, 1060-1061.
Doell, R.R. and Cox, A., 1967a; Analysis of spinner magnetometer operation,
in: Methods in Paleomagnetism, Collinson, D.W., et al., eds., Elsevier, New
York, 196-206.
Doell, R.R. and Cox, A., 1967b; Analysis of paleomagnetic data, in: Methods in
Paleomagnetism, Collinson, D.W., et al., eds., Elsevier, New York, 340-346.
Dubar, M. and Semah, F., 1986, Paleomagnetic data bearing on the age of high
terrace deposits (Durance sequence) in Alpine valleys of southeastern France,
Quat. Res., 25, 387-391.
Dunlop, D.J., 1972; Magnetic mineralogy of unheated and heated red sediments
by coercivity spectrum analysis, Geophys. J. Roy. Astr. Soc., 27, 37-55.
Dunlop, D.J. and zdemir, O., 1997; Rock Magnetism: Fundamentals and
Frontiers, Cambridge Uni. Press, 117-118.
Eustace, N., 1981; Paleomagnetism and diagenesis in sedimentary rocks, Ph.D
Thesis, University of Newcastle Upon Tyne (Unpubl.).
Evans, M. and Heller, F., 2003; Environmental Magnetism: principles and
applications of Enviro-magnetics, Academic Press.
Fisher, R.A., 1953; Dispersion on a sphere, proc. Roy. Soc. London, V. A217,
295-305.
Fisher, N.I., Lewis, T. and Embleton, J.J., 1987; Statistical analysis of spherical
data, Cambridge, London, 329 P.
Foster, J.H., 1966; A paleomagnetic spinner magnetometer using a fluxgate
gradiometer. Earth Planet, Sci. Lett., 1(6), 463-466.
Goree, W.S. and Fuller, N., 1976; Magnetometers using RF-driven squids and
their application in rock magnetism and paleomagnetism, Rev. Geophys., Space
Phys., 14, 591-608.
References

Hellar, F. and Channell, J.E.T., 1979; Paleomagnetism of Upper Cretaceous


limestones from the Muster, Germany, J. Geophys., 46, 413-427.
Helsley, Ch.E., 1967; Design of spinner magnetometers, in: Methods in
Paleomagnetism, Collinson, D.W., et al., eds., Elsevier, New York, 115-199.
Hijab, B.R., 1982; Paleomagnetic studies of Jurassic sediments, Ph.D Thesis,
University of Newcastle Upon Tyne, England, 423 P (Unpubl).
Hijab, B.R., 1985; Jurassic geomagnetic instability and Pangea, Iraqi J. Geol.
Soc., 18(1), 289-293.
Hijab, B.R., Al-Dabbas, M. and Al-Haddad, F.M., 1996a; Tectonic history
evolution of Iraq. J. Geol. Iraq. 31(2), 23 P.
Hijab, B. R., Al-hadad, F. and Al-dabbas, M. A., 1998; Tectonic evolution
history of Iraq, J. Geol. Soc. Iraq, Vol. 31, No.2.
Hijab, B. R., 2000; The paleo-position of the Red Sea Hot Spot, Fifth
International Conference on the Geology of the Arab World (GAW-5), February,
Cairo University, 21-24.
Hillhouse, J.W. Cerling, T.E. and Brown, F.H., 1986; Magnetostratigraphy of the
Koobi for a Formation, Lake Turkana, Kenya, J. Geophys. Res., 91(B11),
11581-11595.
Irving, E.J., 1964; Paleomagnetism and its application to geological and
geophysical problems, John Wiley and Sons. Inc., Sydney, 399 P.
Jacobson, R.B., Elston, D.P. and Heaton, J.W., 1988; Stratigraphy and magnetic
polarity of the high terrace remnants in the upper Ohio and Monongahela rivers
in west Virginia, Pennsylvania, and Ohio, Quat. Res., 29, 216-232.
Karim, K.H., 2004; Basin analysis of Tanjero Formation in Sulaimaniya area,
NE Iraq, Ph.D Thesis, Uni. of Sulaimaniya, (Unpubl.), 133 P.
Katari, K., Tauxe, L. and King, J., 2000; A reassessment of post depositional
remanent magnetism: preliminary experiments with natural sediments, Earth
Planet. Sci. Lett., 183, 147-160.
References

Kent, D.V., Olsen, P.E. and Witte, W.K., 1995; Late Triassic-earliest Jurassic
geomagnetic polarity sequence and paleolatitudes from drill cores in the Newark
rift basin, NE-America, J. Geophys. Res., V. 100, No. B8, 14965-14998.
Kligfield, R. and Channell, J.E.T., 1981; Widespread remagnetization of
Helvetic limestones, J. Geophys. Res., 86(B3), 1888-1900.
Klootwijk, C.T. and Bingham, D.K., 1980; The extent of greater India, III.
Paleomagnetic data from the Tibetan sedimentary series, Thakkhola region,
Nepal Himalaya, Earth Planet, Sci. Lett., 51, 381-405.
Kirchvink, J.L., 1980; The least-squares line and plane and the analysis of
paleomagnetic data. Geophys. J. R. astr. 62, 699-718.
Kobayashi, K., 1959; Chemical remanent magnetization of ferromagnetic
minerals and its application to rock magnetism, J. Geomag. Geolec., 10, 99-117.
Kruiver, P.P., Langereis, C.G., Dekkers, M.J. and Krijgsman, W., 2003; Rock-
magnetic properties of multi-component natural remanent magnetization in
alluvial red beds, NE Spain, Geophys. Jour. Int., 153, 317-332.
Kuhlmann, G., Langereis, C.G., Munsterman, D., van Leeuwen, R.J., Verreussel,
R., Meulenkamp, J.E., and Wong, Th.E. 2006; Integrated chronostratigraphy of
the Pliocene-Pleistocene interval and its relation to the regional stratigraphical
stages in the southern North Sea region. Netherlands Journal of Geosciences-
Geologie en Mijnbouw, 85, 1, 29-45.
Lvlie, R., Stle, G. and Spjeldnoes, N., 1989; Magnetic polarity stratigraphy of
Pliocene-Pleistocene marine sediments from Rhodos, eastern Mediterranean,
Phys. Earth Planet, Int., 54, 340-352.
Lvlie, R. and Sandnes, A., 1987; Paleomagnetic excursions recorded in
Mid-Weichselian cave sediments from Skjonghelleren, Valdery, West Norway.
Phys. Earth Planet, Inter. 45, 337-348.
Lowrie, W. and Alvarez, W., 1975; Paleomagnetic evidence for rotation of the
Italian Peninsula. J. Geophys. Res., 80, 1579-1592.
References

McFadden, P.L., 1980; Determination of the angle in a Fisher distribution, which


will be exceeded with a given probability, Geophys. J. Roy. Astron. Soc., V.60,
391-396.
Mankinen, E.A. and Dalrymple, G.B., 1979; Revised geomagnetic polarity time
scale for the interval 0-5 m.y.B.P., J. Geophys. Res., V.84, 615-626.
Marshak, S. and Mitra, G., 1988; Basic Methods of Structural Geology. Prentice
Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 446 P.
Map of Sulaimaniya governorate, 2006.
http://www.globalsecurity.org/military/world/iraq/images/sulaymaniyah_tpc.jpg

McDougall, I., 1979; The present status of the geomagnetic polarity time scale,
in: The Earth: its Origin, Structure and Evolution, McElhinny, M.W., ed.
Academic Press, London, 543-566.
McDougall, I. and Chamalaun, F.H., 1966; Geomagnetic Polarity scale of time,
Nature, V.212, 1415-1418.
McDougall, I. and Tarling, D.H., 1963; Dating of Polarity zones in the Hawaiian
Island, Nature, V.200, 54-56. McElhinny, M.W., 1979; Paleomagnetism and
plate tectonics, Cambridge Earth
McElhinny, M.W., 1964; Statistical significance of the fold test in
Paleomagnetism. Geophys. J. Roy. astr. Soc., 8, 338-340.
McElhinny, M.W., 1973; Paleomagnetism and plate tectonics, Cambridge,
London, 356 P.
McElhinny, M.W., 1979; Paleomagnetism and plate tectonics, Cambridge Earth
Science Series, Cambridge Uni. Press.
McNeill, D.F., Ginsburg, R.N., Chang, Sh.R. and Kirschvink, J.L., 1988;
Magnetostratigraphic dating of shallow-water carbonates from San Salvador,
Bahamas, Geology, 16, 8-12.
Meert, J.G., 2002; Revisiting the paleomagnetism of the 1.476 Ga St. Francois
Mountains igneous province, Missouri, Tectonics, Vol. 21, No. 2, 1-19.
References

Merrill, R.T. and McFadden, P.L., 1988; Secular variations and the origin of
geomagnetic field reversals, J. Geophys. Res., 39, (B10), 11589-11597.
Merrill, R.T. and McElhinny, M.W., 1983; The Earth's Magnetic Field,
Academic Press, London, 401 P.
Mohammed, Y.O., 2004; Petrology and Geochemistry of Serpentinite and
associated rocks in Mawat and Penjwin areas, Kurdistan region, northeastern
Iraq, M.Sc Thesis, Uni. of Sulaimaniya, (unpublished), 118 P.
Molyneux, L., 1971; A complete result magnetometer for measuring the
remanent magnetization of rocks, Geophys. J. R. Soc., 24, 429-433.
Najjar, I.M., 1989; Paleomagnetic Dating of recent sediments from southern
Iraq, M.Sc Thesis, Uni. of Baghdad, (unpublished), (in Arabic), 120 P.
Nivet, G.D., Vasiliev, J., Langereis, C.G., Krijgsman, W. and Panaiotu, C., 2005;
Neogene tectonic evolution of the southern and eastern Carpathians constrained
by paleomagnetism, Earth and Planetary Science Letters, 1-14.
http://www.sciencedirect.com.

Opdyke, N.D. and Henry, K.W., 1969; A test of the dipole hypothesis, Earth
Planet, Sci. Lett., 6, 139-151.
Opdyke, N.D., 1972; Paleomagnetism of deep-sea cores, Rev. Geophys. Space
Phys., V.10, 213-249.
OReilly, W., 1984; Rock and Mineral Magnetism, Blackie.
zdemir, O., Dunlop, D.J. and Moskowitz, B.M., 1993; The effect of oxidation
of the Verwey transition in magnetite, Geophys. Res. Lett., 20, 1671-1674.
zdemir, O. and Dunlop, D.J., 1996; Thermoremanence and Niel temperature of
goethite. Geophysical Research Letters 23, 921-924.
Porath, H., 1968; Magnetic studies on specimens of intergrown maghemite and
haematite, J. Geophys. Res., 73, 5959-5965.
References

Renne, P.R., Scott, G.R. and Bazard, D.R., 1988; Multi-component


paleomagnetic data from the Nosoni Formation, eastern Klamath Mountains,
California: Cretonic Permian directions with Jurassic overprints,
J. Geophys. Res., 93, 3387-3400.
Reynols, R.L., Goldhaber, M.B. and Snee, L.W., 1997; Paleomagnetic
40Ar/39Ar results from the Grant intrusive breccia and comparison to the
Permian Downeys Bluff Sill-evidence for Permian Igneous activity at Hicks
Dome, Southern Illinois Basin. U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin 2094-G, 16 P.
Roberts, A.P., 1995; Magnetic properties of sedimentary greigite (Fe3S4), Earth
Planet. Sci. Lett., 134, 227-236.
Rochette, P., Fillion, G., ei, J.L.M. and Dekkers, M.J., 1990; Magnetic transition
at 30-34 kelvin in pyrrhotite: insight into a widespread occurrence of this mineral
in rocks, Earth Planet. Sci. Lett., 98, 319-328.
Roy, J.L., 1967; Shape and size of weakly magnetized rock specimens,
in: Collinson, D. W. et al, eds., Methods in Paleomagnetism, Elsevier, New
York, 192-195.
Runcorn, S.K., 1967a; The magnetization of rock samples, in Collinson, D. W.
et al, eds., Methods in Paleomagnetism, Elsevier, New York, 161-171.
Runcorn, S.K., 1967b; Statistical discussion of magnetization of rock samples;
in: Collinson, D. W. et al. eds., Methods in Paleomagnetism, Elsevier, New
York, 329-339.
Sallomy T., Miroslav K.; 1980, Paleomagnetic study of some Igneous rocks from
Jordan, I. A. G. Bull. 3, vol.3.
Sandgren, P., Bjrck, S., Brunnberg, L. and Kristiansson, J., 1988;
Paleomagnetic records from two varved clay sequences in the middle Swedish
ice marginal zone, Boreas, 17, 215-227.
Sharma, P.V., 1986; Geophysical methods in geology, Elsevier Scientific
publish. Amsterdam, 428P.
References

Snowball, I. and Thompson, R., 1990; A stable chemical remanence in Holocene


sediments, Jour. Geophys. Res., 95, 4471-4479.
Spender, M.R., Coey, J.M.D. and Morrish, A.H., 1972; The magnetic properties
and Mossbauer spectra of synthetic samples of Fe3S4, Can. J. Phys., 50,
2313-2326.
Strangway, D.W., Honea, R.M., McMahon, B.E. and Larson, E.E., 1968; The
magnetic properties of naturally occurring goethite. Geophys. J. Roy. Astr. Soc.,
15, 345-359.
Strangway, D.W., McMahon, B.E., Walker, T.R. and Larson, E.E., 1971;
Anomalous Pliocene paleomagnetic pole positions from Baja California, Earth
Planet, Sci. Lett., 13, 161-166.
Tarling, D.H., 1967; On estimating secular variation from paleomagnetic data.
In: Collinson, D. W., et al, eds., Methods in Paleomagnetism. Elsevier New
York, 347-349.
Tarling, D.H., 1971; Principles and applications of Paleomagnetism, Chapman
and Hall, London.
Tarling, D.H., 1983; Paleomagnetism: principles and applications in Geology,
Geophysics and Archeology, Chapman and Hall, London, 379 P.
Tauxe, L. and Clark, D.R., 1987; New paleomagnetic results from the Eureka
sound group: Implications for the age of Earl Tertiary Arctic biota, Geol. Soc.
Am. Bull., 99, 739-747.
Tauxe, L., 2005a; Induced and Remanent Magnetism, Lectures in Paleomag-
netism, chapter.3, Essayo Press, 13 p.
http://repositories.cdlib.org/sio/library/8.

Tauxe, L., 2005b; Magnetic anisotropy, magnetic domains and superpara-


magnetism, Lectures in Paleomagnetism, chapter.4, Essayo Press, 15 p.
http://repositories.cdlib.org/sio/library/8.
References

Tauxe, L., 2005c; How rocks get and stay magnetized, Lectures in Paleomag-
netism, chapter.5, Essayo Press, 22 p. http://repositories.cdlib.org/sio/library/8.
Tauxe, L., 2005d; Magnetic Mineralogy, Lectures in Paleomagnetism, chapter.6,
Essayo Press, 18 p. http://repositories.cdlib.org/sio/library/8.
Tauxe, L., 2005e; Getting a paleomagnetic direction, Lectures in Paleomag-
netism, chapter.9, Essayo Press, 23 p. http://repositories.cdlib.org/sio/library/8.
Tauxe, L., 2005f; Fisher statistics for paleomagnetic directions, Lectures in
Paleo-magnetism, chapter.11, Essayo Press, 23 p.
http://earthref.org/MAGIC/books/Tauxe/2005.

Tauxe, L., 2005g; The geomagnetic field, Lectures in Paleomagnetism,


chapter.2, Essayo Press, 15 p. http://repositories.cdlib.org/sio/library/8.
Torsvik, T.H., Pandit, M.K., Redfield, T.F., Ashwal, L.D. and Webb, S.J., 2005;
Remagnetization of Mesozoic limestones from the Jaisalmer basin, NW India.
Geophys. J. Int. 161, 57-64.
van Hinsbergen, D.J.J., Langereis, C.G. and Meulenkamp, J.E., 2005; Revision
of the timing, magnitude and distribution of Neogene rotations in the western
Aegean region, Tectonophysics, 396, 1-34. http://www.sciencedirect.com.
Worm, H.U., Clark, D. and Dekkers, M.J., 1993; Magnetic susceptibility of
pyrrhotite: grain size, field and frequency dependence, Geophys. J. Int, 114,
127-137.
Zijerveld, J.D. A., ed., 1967; A.C. demagnetization of rocks: Analysis of results,
in: Methods in Paleomagnetism, ed. Collinson, D.W., Creer, K.M. and Runcorn,
S.K., Elsevier, Amesterdam, 254-286.
Appendix-1

Bedding-tilt correction
(after Marshak and Mitra, 1988 in Butler, 1992)

The bedding-tilt correction is a accomplished by rotating the NRM direction


about the local strike axis by the amount of the dip of the beds as shown in the
examples below. These examples deal only with correction for local bedding tilt. If
sites have been collected from plunging folds, a complete tectonic correction
requires correction for plunge of fold axis followed by untilting of the plunge-
corrected limbs of the fold.
Appendix-2
About Paleomagnetic Analysis Program version 4.0

This program is affective and useful. It is beneficial for its uniqueness and
multi-purpose uses. It has been designed by Chunfu ZHANG in March, 2004, Dept.
of the Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Purdue University, West Lafayette, USA.
I got this program from the internet which is available online. In order to activate
this program, input information are needed. These are:
1. Name, latitude and longitude of the locality (rock unit or section).
2. Declination and inclination of the present magnetic field.
3. Sample name and its meter level in the section.
4. Field and bed orientations.
5. NRM demagnetization, temperature (TT) or alternating field (AF).
6. Temperature or level of the demagnetization step.
7. Magnetic declination and inclination (Geographic coordinates).
8. Magnetic declination and inclination (Tilt-corrected).
9. Intensity of magnetic vector.
10. Error in the magnetic measurements.
This program can yield the following results. Furthermore, the program
processes other operation dealing with paleomagnetic aspects without the
interference of the above-mentioned goals.
1. Convert coordinates of a single point between spherical system (declination,
inclination and intensity) and Cartesian system {north (x1), east (x2) and
down (x3)} respectively.
2. Calculate latitude from inclination and inclination from latitude.
3. Select geographic or tilt-corrected data for Zijerveld projection. Also,
designate a plane for projection (equal-angle stereographic projection or
Lambert equal-area projection).
4. Perform least Square Analysis for a sample for each demagnetizing steps.
5. Perform Fisher Analysis for all suitable samples (mean declination and
inclination, and 95).
6. Calculate latitude and longitude of the virtual geomagnetic pole (VGP).

Appendix-3
How to calculate virtual geomagnetic pole (VGP)
(after Tauxe, 2005g)

In order to remove the dependence of direction merely on position on the global,


we imagine a geocentric dipole which would give rise to the observed magnetic
field direction at a given latitude () and longitude () as illustrated in the figure
below.

Transformation of a direction measured at S into a virtual geomagnetic


pole position P, using principles of spherical trigonometry and the
dipole formula, a) Illustration of the magnetic field line observed at
position P and its associated VGP. b) More detailed view.

Paleomagnetists use the following conventions: is measured positive eastward


from the Greenwich meridian and goes from 0 360. is measured from the
north pole and goes from 0 180. Of course relates to latitude, / = 90- .
m is the magnetic co-latitude and is given by the equation:

1
cot m = tan I
2

Be sure not to confuse latitudes and co-latitudes. Also, be careful with


declination. Declinations between 180 and 360 are equivalent to (D-360) and are
counter-clockwise with respect to north.
The first step in the problem of calculating a VGP is to determine the magnetic
co-latitude (m). The declination, D, is the angle from the geographic north pole to
the great circle joining S and P, and is the difference in longitudes between
P and S, ( = p-s) . We can locate VGPs using the laws of sines and cosines.

Which allows us to calculate the VGP co-latitude (p). The VGP latitude is given
by: p = 90- p
So, 90 > p> 0 in the northern hemisphere and 0 < p < 90 in the southern
hemisphere. To determine p, we first calculate the angular difference between the
pole and site longitude ().

If Cos m cos s cos p, then p = s + .


However, if:
Cos m < cos s cos p, then p = s + 180 - .
Appendix-4

Physical properties of magnetic minerals


(after Tauxe, 2005d)

Magnetite (iron-oxides) Fe3O4


Density = 5197 kg-3 Dunlop and zdemir, 1997
Curie temperature = 580C Dunlop and zdemir, 1997
Saturation Magnetization = 92 Am2kg-1 OReilly, 1984
Anisotropy Constant = -2.6 Jkg-1 Dunlop and zdemir, 1997
Volume susceptibility = 1 SI OReilly, 1984
Typical coercivities are 10s of mT OReilly, 1984
Verwey transition: 110-120 K zdemir and Dunlop, 1993
Cell edge = 83.96 nm Dunlop and zdemir, 1997
Maghemite (iron-oxides) Fe2O3
Density = 5074 kg-3
Curie temperature = 590-675C
Saturation Magnetization = 74 Am2kg-1
Dunlop and zdemir, 1997
Anisotropy Constant = 0.92 Jkg-1
Verwey transition: suppressed
Breaks down to haematite: between 250-750C
Titanomagnetite (TM60) (iron-oxides) Fe2.4Ti0.6O4
Density = 4939 kg m-3
Curie temperature = 150C
Saturation Magnetization = 24 Am2kg-1
Dunlop and zdemir, 1997
Anisotropy Constant = 0.41 Jkg-1
Verwey transition: suppressed
Cell edge = 84.82 nm
Haematite (iron-oxides) Fe2O3

Density = 5271 kg m-3 Dunlop and zdemir, 1997


Nel temperature = 675C OReilly, 1984
Saturation Magnetization = 0.4 Am2kg-1 OReilly, 1984
Anisotropy Constant = 228 Jkg-1 Dunlop and zdemir, 1997
Volume susceptibility = 1.310-3 SI OReilly, 1984
Coercivities vary widely and can be 10s of teslas Banerjee, 1971
Morin Transition: 250-260 K (for > 0.2 m) OReilly, 1984
Continued (Appendix-4)
Goethite (iron-hydroxides) FeOOH

Density = 4264 kg m-3 Dunlop and zdemir, 1997


Nel temperature = 70-125C OReilly, 1984
Saturation Magnetization = 10-3 -1 Am2kg-1 OReilly, 1984
Anisotropy Constant = 0.25-2 Jkg-1 Dekkers, 1989a
Volume susceptibility = 110-3 SI Dekkers, 1989a
Coercivities can be 10s of teslas
Breaks down to haematite: 250-400C

Pyrrhotite (iron-sulfides) Fe7S8


Density = 4662 kg m-3 Dunlop and zdemir, 1997
Monoclinic:
Curie temperature = 325C Dekkers, 1989a
Hexagonal:
Curie temperature = 270C Dekkers, 1988
Saturation Magnetization = 0.4- 20 Am2kg-1 Worm et al., 1993
Volume susceptibility = 110-3-1 SI Collinson, 1983; OReilly, 1984
Anisotropy Constant = 20 Jkg-1 OReilly, 1984
Coercivities vary widely and can be 100s of mT OReilly, 1984
Has a transition at 34 K Dekkers et al., 1989
Rochette et al., 1990
Hexagonal pyrrhotite: transition near 200
Dunlop and zdemir, 1997
Breaks down to haematite: 500C
Greigite (iron-sulfides) Fe3S4
Density = 4079 kg m-3 Dunlop and zdemir, 1997
Maximum unblocking temperature = 330C Roberts, 1995
Saturation Magnetization = 25 Am2kg-1 Spender et al., 1972
Anisotropy Constant = -0.25 Jkg-1 Dunlop and zdemir, 1997
Coercivity 60 > 100 mT Roberts, 1995
Has high (Mr/X) ratio 70103 Am-1 Snowball and Thompson, 1990
Breaks down to magnetite: 270-350C Roberts, 1995
Appendix-5

Magnetochemical Reactions
(modified from Eustace, 1981 in Hijab, 1982)

Temp. (C) Reaction



Low Titanomagnetite titanomaghemite
150-250 Magnetite (Fe3O4) maghemite (- Fe2O3)
> 200 Siderite (FeCO3) magnetite (Fe3O4)
220-270 Lepidocrocite (- FeOOH) maghemite (- Fe2O3)

> 300 Olivine series magnetite (Fe3O4)
330-410 Goethite (- FeOOH) haematite (- Fe2O3)

350-450 Maghemite (- Fe2O3) haematite (- Fe2O3)

350-500 Pyrite (FeS2) magnetite (Fe3O4)

> 500 Magnetite (Fe3O4) haematite (- Fe2O3)

> 550 Haematite (- Fe2O3) magnetite (Fe3O4)


> 620 Fe Silicates magnetite (Fe3O4)
No
temperatures Pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite (FeS1+X)
quoted: Siderite (FeCO3) magnesioferrite (MgFe2O4)
probably low
Reaction temperature for natural conditions within the Earth.
Appendix-6
Field Data of sampling locations

Locality / attitude Field

Elevation (masl)
Formation / Age
Coordinates

Sample No.
orientation

Site No.
Field remarks

Longitude

Azimuth
Latitude

Hade
Ch 1.1 109 90
Ch 1.2 123 85 Core samples were

35 44 47

45 31 32
1286.6
Ch1.3 94 90 collected from Naoprdan
1 Lst. Formation which
Ch 1.4 91 86
presented as highly
Ch 1.5 83 82 ridge blocks
Ch 1.6 77 80
Ch 2.1 166 68
Ch 2.2 165 68
35 44 38

45 31 32
Far away from (Site-1)
Ch 2.3 168 64
1325

approximately (70)m
2
Ch 2.4 153 68 distance and above
(35)m level
Naoprdan Lst. / Paleocene - Lower Eocene

Ch 2.5 167 61
Chwarta / (Strike: N 10 E Dip: 30 NW)

Ch 2.6 168 66
Ch 3.1 177 61
Ch 3.2 175 66
35 43 52

45 31 32

Far away from (Site-2)


1320.4

Ch 3.3 180 62 approximately (20)m


3
Ch 3.4 180 56 distance and above
Ch 3.5 176 64 (5)m level
Ch 3.6 177 66
Ch 4.1 107 69
Ch 4.2 110 70
35 43 30

45 31 32

Far away from (Site-3)


1332.6

Ch 4.3 112 71 approximately (20)m


4
Ch 4.4 106 65 distance and above
Ch 4.5 111 71 (2)m level
Ch 4.6 110 70
Ch 5.1 40 87 Far away from (Site-1)
Ch 5.2 35 51 about (185)m distance and
35 43 05

45 31 32
1298.4

Ch 5.3 46 66 above (3)m level.


5 Also, (Ch 5.2) was drilled
Ch 5.4 43 72 far away from (Ch 5.1)
Ch 5.5 52 75 about (3)m distance and
Ch 5.6 48 65 above (0.7)m level.
Ch 6.1 80 61
35 42 50

45 31 32

Ch 6.2 85 59 Far away from (Site-5)


1287.5

approximately (50)m
6 Ch 6.3 83 55
distance and at the
Ch 6.4 80 57 same level
Ch 6.5 81 60
Continued (Appendix-6)
Field

Locality / attitude

Elevation (masl)
Formation / Age
Coordinates

Sample No.
orientation

Site No.
Field remarks

Azimuth
Longitude
Latitude

Hade
Ma 7.1 174 83
Ma 7.2 169 81

35 47 53

45 22 02
Samples were cored from

826.6
Ma 7.3 177 81 Aqra Lst. Formation that
7
Ma 7.4 177 82 presented as a road cut
Ma 7.5 176 81 outcrops.
Ma 7.6 172 77
Ma 8.1 220 69
35 47 25 Ma 8.2 219 68

45 21 23
Far away from (Site-7)
Ma 8.3 215 68 approximately (15)m
815

8
Ma 8.4 219 72 distance and at the
Ma 8.5 220 69 same level
Maukaba / (Strike: N 23 W Dip: 65 NE)

Ma 8.6 214 69
Ma 9.1 162 63
Aqra Lst. / Maastrichtian

35 47 20

45 20 00

Ma 9.2 171 71 Far away from (Site-8)


811.4

approximately (50)m
9 Ma 9.3 161 68
distance and at the
Ma 9.4 160 74 same level
Ma 9.5 148 78
Ma 10.1 163 61
Ma 10.2 161 70
35 47 50

45 21 55

Far away from (Site-9)


808.3

Ma 10.3 158 62 approximately (25)m


10
Ma 10.4 157 68 distance and at the
Ma 10.5 160 67 same level
Ma 10.6 175 73
Ma 11.1 176 86
35 47 46

45 21 48

Ma 11.2 173 61 Far away from (Site-10)


813.8

approximately (50)m
11 Ma 11.3 167 60
distance and at the
Ma 11.4 172 54 same level
Ma 11.5 168 59
Ma 12.1 205 59
Ma 12.2 201 60
35 47 42

45 21 24

Far away from (Site-11)


831.2

Ma 12.3 204 56 approximately (20)m


12
Ma 12.4 205 52 distance and above
Ma 12.5 209 61 (1.5)m level
Ma 12.6 203 75
Continued (Appendix-6)
Field

Locality / attitude

Elevation (masl)
Formation / Age
Coordinates

Sample No.
orientation

Site No.
Field remarks

Azimuth
Longitude
Latitude

Hade
K 13.1 260 73
Road cut outcrops were

45 31 47
35 53 11
Kanaroe / (Strike: N 10 E

K 13.2 256 80

1616
cored so hardly from
Gabbro / ? Albian-

13 K 13.3 261 65
K 13.4 259 63
this village towards
Dip: 44 NW)

Cenomanian

K 13.5 259 62 Mawat complex


K 14.1 326 59

35 53 16

45 31 49
K 14.2 325 60 Far away from (Site-13)
1613
K 14.3 325 55 approximately (50)m
14 K 14.4 320 64 distance and at the
K 14.5 322 63 same level
K 14.6 326 66
Z 15.1 146 67
Z 15.2 108 62 Core samples were
35 53 00

45 20 20

Z 15.3 104 62 collected from Naoprdan


788

15 Lst. Formation in which


Z 15.4 102 45
it represents as a highly
Z 15.5 105 55 ridge blocks
Z 15.6 156 59
Z 16.1 306 73
Naoprdan Lst. / Paleocene - Lower Eocene

Z 16.2 308 77
35 52 56

45 20 23

Far away from (Site-15)


Z 16.3 302 76 approximately (400)m
856
Zainal / (Strike: N 10 E Dip: 30 NW)

16
Z 16.4 301 73 distance and above
Z 16.5 310 72 (60)m level
Z 16.6 302 76
Z 17.1 67 49
Z 17.2 22 61
35 52 49

45 20 25

Far away from (Site-16)


Z 17.3 31 54 approximately (150)m
880

17
Z 17.4 47 60 distance and above
Z 17.5 78 59 (20)m level
Z 17.6 23 69
Z 18.1 78 68
Z 18.2 77 58
35 52 47

45 20 24

Far away from (Site-17)


Z 18.3 74 58 approximately (150)m
895

18
Z 18.4 80 74 distance and above
Z 18.5 76 65 (15)m level
Z 18.6 76 68
Z 19.1 104 77
35 52 45

45 20 25

Z 19.2 73 74 Far away from (Site-18)


approximately (100)m
897

19 Z 19.3 88 77
distance and above
Z 19.4 82 73 (2)m level
Z 19.5 79 83
Continued (Appendix-6)

Locality / attitude83
Field

Elevation (masl)
Formation / Age
Coordinates

Sample No.
orientation

Site No.
Field remarks

Azimuth
Longitude
Latitude

Hade
Zr 20.1 102 63
Zr 20.2 73 50

35 37 24

45 21 36
Samples were cored from
Zr 20.3 74 52 Aqra Lst. Formation that

927
20
Zr 20.4 76 54 presented as a road cut
Zr 20.5 78 53 outcrops.
Zr 20.6 80 55
Zr 21.1 74 61
Zr 21.2 81 61
35 37 40

45 21 33
Far away from (Site-20)
Zr 21.3 83 62 approximately (100)m
914

21
Zr 21.4 83 61 distance and below
Zr 21.5 101 62 (13)m level
Zr 21.6 81 65
Zardabe / (Strike: N 17 E Dip: 30 NW)

Zr 22.1 96 65
35 37 57

45 21 34
Aqra Lst. / Maastrichtian

Zr 22.2 124 65 Far away from (Site-21)


approximately (100)m
905

22 Zr 22.3 99 61
distance and below
Zr 22.4 104 59 (9)m level
Zr 22.5 88 59
Zr 23.1 103 54
Zr 23.2 70 49
35 37 59

45 21 34

Far away from (Site-22)


Zr 23.3 75 52 approximately (60)m
911

23
Zr 23.4 76 55 distance and above
Zr 23.5 68 60 (6)m level
Zr 23.6 96 58
Zr 24.1 40 54
Zr 24.2 30 57
35 38 13

45 21 29

Far away from (Site-23)


Zr 24.3 34 58 approximately (100)m
922

24
Zr 24.4 75 57 distance and above
Zr 24.5 36 59 (11)m level
Zr 24.6 28 60
Zr 25.1 29 57
Zr 25.2 24 55
35 38 13

45 21 32

Far away from (Site-24)


Zr 25.3 24 60 approximately (100)m
933

25
Zr 25.4 31 54 distance and above
Zr 25.5 32 55 (11)m level
Zr 25.6 29 53
Continued (Appendix-6)
Field

Locality / attitude

Elevation (masl)
Formation / Age
Coordinates

Sample No.
orientation

Site No.
Field remarks

Azimuth
Longitude
Latitude

Hade
Zr 26.1 115 72
Zardabe / (Strike: N 17 E Dip: 30 NW)

35 38 13

45 21 33
Zr 26.2 120 70 Far away from (Site-25)
Aqra Lst. / Maastrichtian

approximately (70)m
936
26 Zr 26.3 113 64
distance and above
Zr 26.4 110 63 (3)m level
Zr 26.5 103 58
Zr 27.1 90 62
Zr 27.2 85 64
35 38 13

45 21 35 Far away from (Site-26)


Zr 27.3 86 58 approximately (120)m
940

27
Zr 27.4 85 62 distance and above
(4)m level
Zr 27.5 86 65
Zr 27.6 84 68
Az 28.1 308 67
Az 28.2 315 68
35 33 48

45 25 14

Az 28.3 323 76 Road cut outcrops were


1352

28 difficulty sampled from the


Az 28.4 314 68
crest of Azmar mountain.
Az 28.5 310 65
Az 28.6 313 66
Balambo Lst. / Valanginian- Turonian
Azmar / (Strike: N 42 E Dip: 62 NW)

Az 29.1 339 68
Az 29.2 336 58
35 33 52

45 25 15

Far away from (Site-28)


Az 29.3 334 60
1403

approximately (350)m
29
Az 29.4 332 63 distance and above
Az 29.5 338 59 (51)m level
Az 29.6 335 60
Az 30.1 214 64
Az 30.2 213 66
35 34 59

45 25 16

Far away from (Site-29)


Az 30.3 212 66
1412

approximately (350)m
30
Az 30.4 215 67 distance and above
Az 30.5 217 65 (9) m level
Az 30.6 214 66
Az 31.1 19 62
Az 31.2 25 63
35 35 04

45 25 17

Far away from (Site-30)


Az 31.3 27 60
1468

approximately (350)m
31
Az 31.4 22 67 distance and above
Az 31.5 29 67 (56)m level
Az 31.6 28 64
Continued (Appendix-6)
Field

Locality / attitude

Elevation (masl)
Formation / Age
Coordinates

Sample No.
orientation

Site No.
Field remarks

Azimuth
Longitude
Latitude

Hade
Az 32.1 41 68
Balambo Lst. / Valanginian- Turonian
Azmar / (Strike: N 42 E Dip: 62 NW

45 25 17
35 35 08
Az 32.2 35 71 Far away from (Site-31)

1472
approximately (25)m
32 Az 32.3 39 70
distance and above
Az 32.4 49 72 (4)m level
Az 32.5 42 75
Az 33.1 328 60
Az 33.2 331 50

45 25 17
35 35 11
Far away from (Site-32)
Az 33.3 329 56
1471

approximately (20)m
33
Az 33.4 330 54 distance and above
(1)m level
Az 33.5 333 56
Az 33.6 330 52
W 34.1 115 79
Pillow Lava (Basalt)
Waraz (Strike: N 8 E Dip: 45 NW)

45 47 50
35 49 37

W 34.2 112 77 Road cut outcrops were


Paleocene-Lower Eocene

1142

cored so hardly from


34 W 34.3 114 79
this village towards
W 34.4 110 78 Mawat complex
W 34.5 111 80
W 35.1 249 74
45 48 01
35 49 39

W 35.2 248 73 Far away from (Site-34)


Gabbro

1202

approximately (350)m
35 W 35.3 251 76
distance and above
W 35.4 253 75 (20)m level
W 35.5 250 75
Appendix-7
Conversion of sample coordinates to geographic elements
(after Collinson, 1983 in Butler, 1992)
Consider an example of a cored sample for which orientation was determined by
using the conventions illustrated in (part 3.2.1), volume (v) of the specimen, and
the components of magnetic moment (in sample coordinates) are listed below:

Sample orientation: Hade = 37; Azimuth of + horizontal projection of


+ x-axis = 25 , Specimen volume = 10 cm3
Components of magnetic moment:
HN = 2.310-3 G cm3 (2.310-6 Am2)
HE = -1.210-3 G cm3 (-1.210-6 Am2)
HV = 2.710-3 G cm3 (2.710-6 Am2)
Sample coordinates direction: Is = 46; Ds = 332
Geographic coordinates direction: I = 11; D = 6

Total magnetic moment, H, of the specimen is determined by:


2 + H2 + H2
H = HX Y Z

From the data above, the result is H = 3.7410-3 G cm3 (3.7410-6 Am2), the
intensity of NRM is given by:

H
NRM =
V

and is found to be 3.7410-4 G (3.7410-1 Am-1). The inclination, Is, and


declination, Ds in sample coordinates are given by:

H
I S = tan 1
HZ DS = tan 1 Y
H2 +H2 HX
X Y
The first step is to plot the direction in sample coordinates on the equal-area
projection as reveal in the figure below. The measured orientation of the + z-axis of
the sample was 37 (=hade). We return the z-axis to its in situ orientation by
rotating the coordinate system (and the NRM direction) clockwise about the
+ y-axis by 37. This rotation is accomplished operationally by rotating the NRM
direction by 37 along a small circle of the equal-area grid centered on the y-axis.
Following this rotation, the direction is I = 11, D = 341 as in (a). The final step
is to rotate the horizontal projection of the + x-axis, the + y-axis, and the NRM
direction to their in situ (geographic) orientations. This rotation is about the vertical
axis where the horizontal projection of the + x-axis is rotated to the measured
azimuth of 25 (thus rotating the + y-axis to 25+ 90=115). The resulting
direction is I = 11, D = 6 as in (b).

horizontal projection
of + x - axis
x N
(a) (b)


I' = 11 o
I = 11 o
D' = 341 o I' = 11 o D =6o
+ Z' E
D' = 341 o

I s = 46 o
Z Y W E
D s = 332 o

S
Appendix-8
Determination of magnetic Intensity, Declination and Inclination angles
using Quick Basic program

10 REM this program is to calculate Magnetic Intensity, Declination and Inclination angles.
20 GOTO 180
30 CN = 57.29578
40 DS = 0.0001
50 IF CS = 0 THEN CS = DS
60 Yt = ABS (SN/CS): LG = 0
70 IF Yt < 1 GOTO 90
80 Yt = 1 / Yt: LG = 1
90 Q = Yt
100 TN = TAN (Q): QD = TN Yt
110 IF ABS (QD) < DS THEN 130
120 Q = Q QD / (1 + TN ^ 2): GOTO 100
130 Q = Q * CN: IF LG = 1 THEN Q = 90 Q
140 IF SN > 0 AND CS < 0 THEN Q = 180 Q
150 IF SN < 0 AND CS < 0 THEN Q = 180 + Q
160 IF SN < 0 AND CS > 0 THEN Q = 360 Q
170 RETURN
180 PRINT PUT THE NO. OF SPECIMENS?
190 INPUT NO
200 IF NO < 1 THEN 180
210 FOR j = 1 TO NO
220 READ FFS
230 FOR IC = 1 TO 6
240 READ N (IC), E (IC)
250 NEXT IC
260 PRINT SPECIMEN NO. : ; FFS
270 PRINT ----------------------------------; PRINT
280 Z = (N (1) + N (2) N (3) N (4)) / 4
290 X = (E (4) E (2)) / 2
300 Y = (E (3) E (1)) / 2
310 PRINT FOUR POSITIONS :
320 GOSUB 330: GOTO 420
330 PRINT : PRINT X = ; X ; Y = ; Y ; Z = ; Z : PRINT
340 PRINT INT = ; SQR (X ^ 2 + Y ^ 2 + Z ^ 2)
350 SN = Y: CS = X: GOSUB 30
360 PRINT DEC = ; Q
370 CS = SQR (X ^ 2 + Y ^ 2)
380 SN = Z: GOSUB 30
390 IF Z < 0 THEN Q = Q 360
400 PRINT INC = ; Q
410 RETURN
420 X = ( E ( 4 ) - E ( 2 ) + N ( 5 ) N ( 6 )) / 4
430 Y = ( E ( 3 ) - E ( 1 ) + E ( 5 ) E ( 6 )) / 4
440 PRINT SIX POSITIONS :
450 GOSUB 330
460 PRINT: PRINT
470 NEXT j
480 END
Appendix-9
Magnetic directions of (17) pilot specimens after thermal demagnetization using
Spinner magnetometer existed in (Iraq)
Pilot Ch 1.3 (Azimuth: 94 Hade: 90) Pilot Ch 2.6 (Azimuth: 168 Hade: 66)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 13.4 54.4 249.5 48.5 210.3 69.6 0.0524 297.3 -25.8 312.1 20.1 324.1 44.6 0.0377
50 355.6 50.1 320.4 5.3 327.1 27.4 0.0519 303.7 -23.4 314.5 26 330.6 49.3 0.0364
100 299.6 56.9 344.2 29.5 4.6 38.2 0.0472 308.4 -20.2 315.5 31.3 335.7 46.9 0.0279
150 239.2 62.5 16.5 22.2 27.9 16.5 0.0300 311.9 -26.4 323 28.7 342.3 47.1 0.0260
200 241.6 41.5 31.2 39.2 48.3 24.7 0.0283 320 -28.8 331.4 30.7 353.2 45.5 0.0243
250 103.6 -29.1 196.6 59.4 153.4 51.9 0.0377 290.2 -30.8 311.9 12.1 320.4 40.1 0.0316
250 107.1 -26.9 204 60.2 156.2 54.4 0.0320 294.1 -29.7 313.2 15.4 323.1 39.5 0.0289
300 124 -26.4 49.2 50.8 66.6 28.3 0.0320 295.3 -34 317.3 13.3 327.7 36.2 0.0259
300 127.2 -27 227 48.2 187.5 58.6 0.0319 296.6 -36 319.5 12.8 329.6 35.3 0.0278
350 136.1 -32.6 226.3 38.6 198.8 51.7 0.0266 300 -34.8 320.6 15.6 331.2 37.5 0.0284
350 132.6 -30.9 226.1 42.1 194.1 53.1 0.0232 298.4 -34.5 319.4 14.9 330.6 37.6 0.0286
400 138.4 -37.3 222.5 34.6 198.2 45.6 0.0201 302.1 -35.6 322.5 16.2 334.6 37.1 0.0192
400 234.8 -33.8 316.6 40 345.1 60.8 0.0191 302 -36.1 322.8 15.8 334.8 36.7 0.0218
450 213.2 -31.7 305.2 24.5 317.9 50.9 0.015 305.8 -38.3 326.7 16.2 338.1 35.9 0.0154
450 213.4 -35 308.7 23.7 322.2 49.2 0.0144 305.6 -37.4 325.9 16.7 338.5 36.8 0.0164
500 187.6 -37 307 2.8 311.5 29.9 0.0112 305.8 -40 327.8 14.8 339.5 33.4 0.0121
500 187.8 -36.9 306.9 3 311.6 29.4 0.0134 306 -39.7 327.7 15.2 339.4 33.5 0.0133
550 141.9 -44.3 217.2 28.6 198.1 38.6 0.0089 308 -41 330 15 341.4 32.8 0.0087
550 136.1 -44.4 214.3 32 193.8 39.4 0.0078 307.3 -40.5 329 15.2 340.5 33.3 0.0066
600 118.9 -52.2 198 33.7 178.5 33.5 0.0023 307 -42 330 14 341.5 31.7 0.0024
600 114.8 -54 194.4 33.3 175.4 30.3 0.0032 307.2 -42.1 330 13.9 341.2 31.5 0.0029
Continued (Appendix-9)

Pilot Ch 3.4 (Azimuth: 180 Hade: 56) Pilot Ma 7.3 (Azimuth: 177 Hade: 81)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 18.9 -31.6 17.3 22.9 27.7 15.4 0.0626 118.3 -80.1 188.7 -14 157.2 -34.4 0.0409
50 14 -33 13.5 22.6 24.6 17.6 0.0530 120.5 -82.1 186.7 -13.2 157.6 -32.6 0.0381
100 15.9 -32 14.5 22.3 25.5 17.7 0.0471 114.6 -85.5 184 -11 158.4 -29.7 0.0342
150 18.7 -25.2 19.2 28.1 32.1 20.8 0.040 111.4 -85.3 184.3 -10.9 158.1 -29.3 0.0317
200 43 -21.9 42.5 20.7 48.6 3.6 0.0588 105.1 -84.4 185.4 -10.6 159.5 -30.2 0.0281
250 42.7 -18.3 44.7 23.7 51.7 5.9 0.0521 117.8 -81.6 187.4 -13.2 157.7 -33.6 0.0328
250 50 -6 60 28 65.9 4.4 0.0307 118.4 -80.2 188.6 -13.9 157.3 -34.4 0.0334
300 36.2 -5 48.4 38.1 60.4 17.6 0.0222 123.3 -82.7 186 -13.2 156.6 -32.5 0.0303
300 38.3 -17.4 41.5 26.9 50.5 9.1 0.0265 124.9 -81.3 187 -14.2 156.7 -33.3 0.0299
350 38.1 -21.7 38.7 23.5 46.3 7.3 0.0182 127.6 -72.5 194 -20 152.8 -41.8 0.0294
350 37 -25.8 35.3 20.6 42.8 6.6 0.0224 128.5 -72.6 193.8 -20.1 151.6 -41.6 0.0289
400 35.6 -12 42.6 32.8 53.7 14.5 0.0324 129.8 -68.1 197.3 -23.2 148.8 -45.2 0.0252
400 46 -15.8 49.1 23.6 55.5 3.1 0.0280 131.4 -69.9 195.4 -22.6 149.2 -43.1 0.0232
450 14.6 -18.3 17.1 35.8 35.6 27.2 0.0266 269.1 -67.4 157.2 -7.4 150 -3.3 0.0206
450 21 -16.1 25.2 36 41.7 24.5 0.0208 274.7 -66.6 156.7 -5.2 152.3 -2.9 0.0197
500 40.2 -25 38.4 18.7 43.3 33.3 0.0183 274.9 -70.1 160.1 -5.7 153.6 -5.4 0.0179
500 42 -22 42 21 48 34.8 0.0153 272.6 -69.6 159.5 -6.4 152.4 -5.8 0.0152
550 162.2 21.8 303.1 70.1 66.1 76.4 0.011 278.5 -73.2 163.4 -5.3 155.5 -8.5 0.0106
550 167 25.7 302.9 76 82.4 72.4 0.0287 277.5 -75.5 165.6 -6.1 155 -10.4 0.0094
600 172.3 28.6 307.3 81.4 90.5 67.6 0.0202 275.3 -83.4 173.4 -7.9 157.3 -18.7 0.0023
600 173 30.8 296.5 83.2 95.3 66.2 0.0081 276.2 -80.4 170.4 -7.3 156.9 -15.9 0.0037
Continued (Appendix-9)

Pilot Ma 8.4 (Azimuth: 219 Hade: 72) Pilot Ma 9.3 (Azimuth: 161 Hade: 68)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 113.8 -87.3 182.7 -17.2 151.2 -30.2 0.0453 274.3 -84.2 174.3 -19.6 145.2 -23.6 0.0415
50 117.6 -89.5 180.5 -17.9 149.3 -28.4 0.040 277.4 -81.4 171.9 -17.9 146.7 -21.4 0.0406
100 118.5 -85.7 184.4 -17.1 152.1 -32.1 0.0377 273.3 -79.2 169.5 -17.5 146.3 -18.7 0.0317
150 119.2 -80.9 189.3 -16.2 154.6 -36.6 0.0315 277.4 -89.3 179.3 -21.6 145 -28.1 0.0206
200 117.4 -74.4 195.7 -14.2 160.4 -41.5 0.0301 279.9 -85.9 176.1 -19.9 146.3 -25.3 0.0143
250 273.8 -63.6 154.8 -31.3 127.1 -11.6 0.0285 280.8 -74.5 166.1 -13.7 148.1 -14.4 0.0261
250 274.9 -68.1 159.3 -29 131.3 -14.3 0.0279 281.5 -75.1 166.8 -13.9 148.5 -15.3 0.0225
300 285.6 -64.3 153.6 -26.2 132.2 -8.8 0.0248 121.1 -58.6 207.5 -43.6 117.5 -53.7 0.0180
300 286.4 -63.5 152.7 -26 132.5 -7.6 0.0239 121.6 -57.5 208.5 -44.4 115.6 -53.6 0.0193
350 288.3 -65.7 154.8 -24.7 134 -8.2 0.0302 122.4 -63.6 201.6 -41.4 122.4 -49.4 0.0163
350 288.7 -66.6 155.8 -24.4 134.3 -9.4 0.0287 121.9 -61.2 204.3 -42.4 120.2 -51.5 0.0168
400 289.2 -72.4 161.9 -23 138.7 -14.5 0.0176 116.8 -61.4 205.9 -40.3 123.6 -53.7 0.0144
400 290.1 -74.9 164.5 -22.2 139 -16.1 0.0151 117.2 -62.8 204.2 -39.7 124.8 -51.1 0.0139
450 288.6 -76.1 165.9 -22.3 140.6 -17.5 0.0076 115.1 -63.4 204.2 -38.5 126.9 -52.6 0.0128
450 288.4 -76.6 166.4 -22.2 140.2 -17.3 0.0068 116.5 -65.6 201.5 -37.9 127.4 -50.2 0.0129
500 289.9 -79.5 169.3 -21.1 142.8 -19.6 0.0043 110.7 -66.2 202.4 -35.5 131.3 -50.4 0.0102
500 291.7 -80.4 170.2 -20.6 143.2 -20 0.0033 111.9 -65.3 203.1 -36.4 129.9 -51 0.0106
550 293.6 -79.2 168.8 -20.5 143.7 -19.4 0.0020 109.4 -64.5 204.6 -35.8 130.2 -52.2 0.0080
550 291.1 -74.6 164.1 -22 139.5 -15.6 0.0011 109.5 -65.4 203.5 -35.5 131.7 -51.4 0.0075
600 292.8 -81 170.7 -20.2 143.4 -20.3 0.0022 105.2 -65.6 204.2 -33.8 133.1 -52.3 0.0023
600 297.5 -78.4 167.9 -19.9 143.6 -18.8 0.0006 103.1 -64.9 205.4 -33.2 134.6 -53.8 0.0018
Continued (Appendix-9)
Pilot Ma 11.4 (Azimuth: 172 Hade: 54) Pilot K 13.4 (Azimuth: 259 Hade: 63)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 116.4 -77.1 194.6 -42.4 121.2 -44.5 0.0476 220.1 56 212.9 49.8 160.1 46.6 133.880
50 110.6 -64.6 211.6 -44.1 114.6 -56.7 0.0427 253.5 54.4 186.8 62.3 136.4 38.5 118.802
100 111.2 -66.4 209.1 -44.1 115.9 -54.2 0.0379 241.7 47.9 208.2 65.1 137.9 48.8 116.007
150 112.6 -70.9 202.9 -43.6 118.4 -50.1 0.0353 257.8 51.8 181.7 65.1 132.5 38.1 108.922
200 114.5 -59.2 219 -46.6 106.3 -59.3 0.0249 236 56.2 203.1 56.4 148.1 43.6 87.794
250 117.9 -57.5 221.2 -48.6 101.2 -59.4 0.0273 250.4 53.8 191 62.4 137.7 40.5 88.934
250 118.8 -57.3 221.4 -49.1 100.5 -59.3 0.0263 248 52.3 195 63.3 137.6 42.7 94.290
300 119.4 -53.4 227.3 -49.8 94.5 -61.2 0.0184 246.1 45 206.4 69.2 131.2 48.6 60.220
300 120.3 -54.2 226 -50.3 94.7 -60.6 0.0165 247.7 50.4 197.2 65 135.9 44.4 60.140
350 287.8 -73.8 163.5 -27.7 134.6 -17.9 0.0223 245.3 44.2 209.1 69.5 130.4 49.1 63.410
350 285.1 -70.7 160 -26.7 134.1 -13.5 0.0214 235.9 43 223.5 65.3 137.2 54.3 58.325
400 277.6 -78.5 166.8 -32.1 130.6 -21.2 0.0121 246 33.2 237.9 77.1 115.8 55.6 30.460
400 286.9 -81.6 170.9 -32.1 131 -24.7 0.0105 242.1 40.3 222.1 70.7 128.1 53.5 28.764
450 282.4 -83.2 172.3 -33.3 130.8 -26.3 0.0084 247.6 43 207.1 71.5 127.2 48.3 33.345
450 281.5 -77.4 166.1 -30.9 131.7 -20 0.0062 250.4 36.3 216 78.1 117.6 50.7 29.736
500 282.1 -84.4 173.6 -33.9 130.6 -27.1 0.0043 167.8 60 212.7 22.5 189.9 32.6 24.815
500 282.2 -84.6 173.8 -33.9 130.3 -27.6 0.0049 168 65.7 206.7 24 184.7 28.7 20.749
550 285.8 -85.5 175 -34 130.5 -28.3 0.0033 166.2 68 204.1 23.8 182.8 26.9 18.726
550 282.4 -82.8 171.9 -33.2 130.6 -25.4 0.0030 160 70.5 209.8 22.4 187.2 29.5 15.219
600 281.7 -85 174.3 -34.1 130.8 -27.5 0.0021 148 69 201 18 185 20.6 10.381
600 275.3 -84.7 173.3 -34.6 129.4 -27 0.0025 136.3 69.9 197.4 15.1 185.3 16.8 8.452
Continued (Appendix-9)

Pilot Z 15.2 (Azimuth: 108 Hade: 62) Pilot Z 16.4 (Azimuth: 301 Hade: 76)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 131 50 148 62 216.3 67.6 0.0606 269.2 70.4 349.8 0.1 352.3 10.5 0.0684
50 138.6 47.8 138.2 59 204.5 71.2 0.0452 255.1 78.6 351.7 8.9 358.1 17.9 0.0613
100 166.2 43.9 125.3 41.3 151.5 66.3 0.0380 247.2 86.3 356.9 14.7 6.4 19.3 0.0582
150 160.7 13 84.2 38.8 68.3 67.1 0.0354 236.5 81.1 351.7 13 1.8 20.4 0.0551
200 162 23.2 97.2 41.4 93.4 71.8 0.0317 223.4 84.6 354.5 15.7 5.9 21.6 0.0423
250 198.8 39.1 126.1 16 135.7 42.5 0.0320 216.7 82.4 352.1 16 3.4 23.5 0.0471
250 156 22.4 93.8 46.2 82.4 76.5 0.0325 210.6 76.9 346.3 16.6 358.2 26.3 0.0503
300 155 19.8 89.8 46.5 71.8 75.2 0.0295 203.4 68.2 337.1 18.5 350.5 32.1 0.0453
300 156 17.6 87.3 44.8 68.2 73.9 0.0283 200.8 70.3 339.4 19.4 353.6 32.4 0.0370
350 152.2 16 83.1 47.5 54.6 74.4 0.0306 196.4 67 336 21.3 351.4 35.4 0.0381
350 153 14.2 81.2 46 53.1 72.4 0.0312 192.5 66.3 335.5 22.9 351.7 37.7 0.0386
400 151.4 16.1 82.8 48.2 52.8 75.3 0.0262 180.2 64.6 335.2 28.3 355.6 41.8 0.0326
400 150.5 14 79.4 48.1 46.3 73.9 0.0256 178.7 64 334.9 29.1 355.9 42.1 0.0334
450 150.7 11.9 76.8 47 43.8 71.2 0.0199 167.6 62.2 335.7 34.4 360 46.2 0.0281
450 150 12 76 48 40.7 72.1 0.0201 165.2 62 336.3 35.4 1.4 47.8 0.0252
500 149.4 11.8 75.7 48.1 39.6 72.6 0.0128 157 61.3 338.7 38.9 7.9 48.5 0.0181
500 148.6 11.6 74.9 48.6 37.4 72.4 0.0134 149 60.2 341.6 42.3 13.2 49.3 0.0179
550 169.3 26 103.1 35.9 106.1 66.6 0.0072 142 66 349 39 16.6 43.6 0.0125
550 171.2 27.9 105.9 34.8 111.3 65.6 0.0060 134 63.6 352.1 42.5 21.5 44.4 0.0137
600 149.6 11.7 75.7 47.8 40.8 71.7 0.0075 121.4 67 359.7 39.9 25.7 39.8 0.0066
600 151.3 11.9 77.2 46.5 45.5 71.3 0.0063 118.2 67.1 1.3 39.8 26.3 38.5 0.0098
Continued (Appendix-9)
Pilot Z 18.4 (Azimuth: 80 Hade: 74) Pilot Zr 21.3 (Azimuth: 83 Hade: 62)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 312.2 -18.6 58 28 64.2 5.9 0.0754 251.4 -76.6 177 -14 187.3 -22.2 1.002
50 295.7 -32.8 34.6 30.4 46.3 15.4 0.0653 252.6 -83.5 178.7 -21.6 193.5 -28.6 0. 958
100 288.1 -26.5 33.1 39.4 49.1 23.4 0.0522 257.8 -76.1 178.7 -14.1 188.4 -21.5 0.925
150 280.8 -30.3 23.4 39.5 42.5 27.6 0.0501 257.2 -72.2 178.2 -10.2 186.5 -18.7 0.818
200 273.4 -34.6 13.9 37.8 34.7 30.1 0.0482 251.6 -74.3 176.8 -12.5 186.9 -21.6 0.822
250 266.2 -31.8 7 41.8 32.6 37.6 0.052 252.5 -79.9 178 -17.8 190.3 -25.6 0.781
250 263.9 -30.6 4.5 43.2 31.3 39.4 0.0508 259.3 -78.8 179.2 -16.8 190 -23.4 0.792
300 251.7 -23.8 348.2 49.3 26.8 51.5 0.0351 261.2 -82.6 179.9 -20.6 193.1 -26.7 0.695
300 247.3 -25.8 343.3 46.4 19.9 51.3 0.0361 259.4 -87.2 179.8 -25.2 196.4 -30.3 0.703
350 242.1 -19.4 332.9 50.4 16.3 59.7 0.0393 262.9 -88.3 179.9 -26.3 197.5 -31.4 0.603
350 . -20.3 335.5 50.2 18.4 58.2 0.0399 261.7 -89.3 179.9 -27.3 197.8 -32.5 0.610
400 252 -23 348 50 26.1 52.8 0.0322 259.5 -84.5 179.5 -22.5 194.4 -28.9 0.516
400 251.2 -27.8 348.8 45.3 22.3 48.3 0.030 258.2 -89 179.9 -27 197.6 -32.4 0.523
450 238 -30.4 335.4 38.9 4.6 50.1 0.0221 255.1 -89.1 179.9 -27.1 197.6 -32.6 0.431
450 243.3 -36.2 343.4 35.4 8.4 43.3 0.0209 254.3 -88.5 179.7 -26.5 197.5 -31.2 0.448
500 226 -39.8 331.8 25.8 349.2 41.6 0.0161 250.1 -89.8 179.9 -27.8 198.7 -32.6 0.342
500 222 -40.5 329.3 23.3 345.3 40.4 0.0157 252.6 -86.4 179.2 -24.2 195.4 -30 0.354
550 214.2 -50.3 332 12.4 342.8 29.4 0.0089 252.3 -80.9 178.2 -19 191.1 -26.5 0.256
550 212.4 -53 333.1 9.7 341.6 26.7 0.0092 254.4 -78.6 178.2 -16.7 189.3 -24.8 0.269
600 208 -6 337 3 342.8 18.5 0.0024 256.5 -77.5 178.5 -15.5 189.4 -23.4 0.175
600 210.3 - 341.9 0 345.7 14.9 0.0029 257.1 -77.8 178.7 -15.8 189.6 -23.8 0.193
Continued (Appendix-9)
Pilot Zr 24.2 (Azimuth: 30 Hade: 57) Pilot Zr 25.1 (Azimuth: 29 Hade: 57)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 153.3 -80.3 171 -27 189.4 -36.4 0.1259 221.5 -79.2 182 -22 196.5 -26.3 0.8359
50 150.6 -89.2 179.1 -32.5 200.2 -37.9 0.1186 221.2 -76.3 183 -19.5 195.4 -24.1 0.7924
100 143.2 -80.5 170 -28.8 189.6 -38.5 0.1024 221.4 -71.5 184 -14.8 193.7 -19.7 0.6726
150 138.5 -86.6 176.2 -31.8 197.4 -37.1 0.0946 222.6 -74.6 183.7 -17.9 195.2 -22.2 0.6325
200 141.1 -87.4 177.1 -32 198.8 -37.6 0.0899 222.2 -73.4 183.9 -16.7 194.3 -21.6 0.5949
250 139.4 -81.1 170.3 -29.6 190.5 -39.5 0.0853 217.5 -75.2 182.2 -18.3 194.4 -23.4 0.5639
250 135.9 -84.2 173.4 -31.2 194.6 -38.9 0.0860 218.4 -73.1 182.8 -16.2 193.6 -21.5 0.5711
300 128.6 -88.3 178 -32.7 199.3 -37.5 0.0801 219.6 -72.7 183.2 -15.8 193 -21.8 0.3974
300 128.2 -83.5 172.4 -31.8 194.2 -39.2 0.0812 219.3 -73.6 183 -16.8 194.8 -21.1 0.4029
350 124.3 -76.1 163.7 -30.9 185.5 -43.3 0.0712 224.5 -71.2 185.1 -14.7 194.2 -19.7 0.5239
350 127.5 -68.4 155.6 -27.7 175.3 -44.6 0.0706 223.9 -72.4 184.6 -15.9 194.6 -20.6 0.5123
400 120.4 -63.5 149.3 -28.9 169.2 -48.2 0.0663 219.8 -73.9 183.1 -17.1 194.5 -22.3 0.343
400 117.8 -64.8 150.4 -30.4 171.7 -49.1 0.0652 220.1 -74.2 183.1 -17.4 194.7 -22.6 0.3396
450 108.9 -64.6 149.4 -34.1 173.5 -52.5 0.0612 214.5 -75.7 181.4 -18.7 193.3 -24.7 0.2875
450 105 -60.7 144.4 -35.5 168.6 -56.2 0.0599 216.3 -76.3 181.8 -19.3 194.9 -24.1 0.2918
500 93.5 -77.4 165.6 -37.8 193.6 -47.9 0.0567 214.2 -74.4 181.4 -17.4 192.5 -23.9 0.1901
500 94.4 -60.2 143.7 -40.7 173.5 -60.1 0.0552 215.5 -73.6 181.9 -16.6 192.6 -22.8 0.1935
550 88.5 -64.3 149.6 -42.9 183 -59.6 0.0528 231.4 -65.1 189.3 -9.6 195.5 -12.8 0.100
550 81.1 -65.1 152 -45.7 189.7 -60.6 0.0531 232.2 -64.6 189.8 -9.2 195.4 -12.3 0.1034
600 78.4 -64.2 151.4 -47.1 190.2 -61.2 0.0478 217.6 -73.7 182.5 -16.8 193.6 -22.7 0.1124
600 72.6 -57 142.7 -52.4 192.3 -69.3 0.0462 215 -73.8 181.7 -16.8 192.4 -22.5 0.1159
Continued (Appendix-9)
Pilot Zr 26.3 (Azimuth: 113 Hade: 64) Pilot Az 28.5 (Azimuth: 310 Hade: 65)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 239.2 -68.8 162 -12 172.3 -27.8 0.1624 157.1 56.6 335.4 52.8 104.2 60.6 0.0754
50 236.5 -66.5 160.1 -11.7 169.5 -28.6 0.1504 155.5 59.5 339.5 51.1 98.6 59.4 0.0592
100 240.6 -65.4 160.4 -9.8 169.6 -26.3 0.1355 151.6 61.7 344 50.4 94.7 57.2 0.0515
150 243.1 -55.1 154 -1.6 159.4 -21.2 0.1221 152.8 58.9 340.8 52.5 99.9 58.1 0.0403
200 235.5 -54.6 150.6 -4.4 157.3 -25.4 0.1162 156.9 57.5 336.6 52.2 102.3 60.3 0.0406
250 237.8 -64.7 159.1 -10.2 168 -27.7 0.1116 152.4 63.4 344.6 48.8 91.2 57.8 0.0212
250 242.7 -81.9 173.3 -20.6 187.1 -30.2 0.1089 157.7 64.3 342.8 46.7 88.4 60.2 0.0112
300 240.6 -69.2 163.2 -12.4 173.5 -27.9 0.1038 157.9 78.1 353.2 35.3 64.5 54.1 0.0308
300 236.2 -58.3 153.7 -6.5 161.6 -26.3 0.1056 159.6 70.8 347.5 41.4 76.6 58.9 0.0287
350 222.4 -67.3 157.6 -16.8 170.9 -34.1 0.1128 179.4 78.7 349.8 32 58.6 57.3 0.0458
350 224.3 -68.4 159 -16.7 171.5 -33.3 0.1112 192.3 79.4 349.2 29.5 54.3 57.7 0.0253
400 228.1 -82.9 173 -22.8 188.6 -32.4 0.0982 190.1 83.6 353.7 28 52.5 53.5 0.0436
400 228.5 -81.7 171.9 -22.2 187.4 -32.5 0.0968 187.5 89.1 359.1 25.4 50.7 48.6 0.0254
450 224.9 -76.6 166.7 -20.4 181.6 -33.8 0.0613 181.5 85.6 356.1 27.6 52.4 51.5 0.0141
450 225.7 -77.4 167.5 -20.6 182.2 -32.7 0.0625 181.9 87.2 357.5 26.7 51.1 50.5 0.0101
500 226.6 -71.3 162 -17.4 174.6 -32.3 0.0437 182.1 87.5 357.7 26.5 51.6 50.6 0.0093
500 229.1 -72.1 163.2 -17.1 175.8 -31.9 0.0452 187.9 81.9 352.1 29 53.8 55.4 0.0086
550 226.8 -66.4 157.7 -14.8 169.8 -32.7 0.0368 206.6 57.7 323.9 27.9 44.9 79.1 0.0076
550 224.1 -60.5 151.8 -12.8 162.5 -33.6 0.0215 210 60.8 327.5 26.4 39.5 76.5 0.0056
600 223.1 -58.4 149.7 -12.2 159.6 -33.7 0.0265 207.1 56.4 322.4 27.6 42.6 81.3 0.0063
600 225 -57.2 149.2 -10.7 158.3 -32.5 0.0254 188.4 78.6 348.7 30.5 56.3 58.4 0.0045
Continued (Appendix-9)
Temp ( C)
Pilot W 35.1 (Azimuth: 249 Hade: 74)
Before field
Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction
(mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 2.3 33.7 50.7 35.4 25.2 32.9 3.653
50 2.5 32.2 52.5 35.7 27.5 31.6 3.107
100 21.4 50.2 24.6 43.8 26.4 33.3 2.841
150 46.4 67.2 357.6 38 24.4 32.4 2.798
200 73.1 68.1 344.9 37.2 24.8 40.5 2.423
250 81.4 64.7 339.3 39.1 23.1 45.1 2.209
250 87.2 62.7 335.2 39.5 21.5 48.9 2.192
300 97.9 60.7 328.6 37.7 15.9 52.7 2.035
300 96 58.3 327.2 40 18.6 54.3 2.147
350 101.2 52 318.2 41.4 15.5 61.5 2.648
350 102.7 53 318.7 40.1 13.7 60.6 2.568
400 112.8 42.6 303 37.9 356.2 70.4 1.576
400 114.3 43.2 303.4 36.6 353.3 69.7 1.495
450 121.9 48.7 308.5 30.3 347.9 62.2 1.025
450 123.8 48.4 307.9 29.2 344.1 62.5 0.902
500 118.5 50.6 311.2 32.1 353.2 61.9 0.843
500 116.4 51.2 312.3 33.2 356.9 61.3 0.819
550 112.6 46.2 307.4 37 358.1 67.8 0.521
550 113.8 45.6 306.4 36.4 356.4 67.1 0.538
600 110.2 50.7 313.4 37 4.8 62.4 0.386
600 108.8 48.9 311.7 38.6 6.7 64 0.312
Appendix-10
Magnetic directions of (10) pilot specimens after thermal demagnetization using
Cryogenic magnetometer existed in (USA)

Thermal Demagnetization (USA)


Temp ( C)

Pilot Ch 1.1 (Azimuth: 109 Hade: 90) Pilot Ch 2.1 (Azimuth: 166 Hade: 68)
Before field Before field
Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 211.8 -53 323.6 7.6 331.6 28.4 0.612 322.4 -15.5 326.3 45.9 4.6 60.2 0.0700
100 217.5 -50.8 322.2 11.5 331.2 32.4 0.498 334.8 -14.2 342.1 52.1 25.4 56.4 0.0560
200 227.1 -48.7 322.2 18.1 335.4 38.6 0.264 346.6 -10.7 310.6 43 341.2 65.3 0.0360
250 353.6 -52.8 34.4 15 38.7 1.9 0.212 167.2 13.5 356.7 81.4 83.6 61.4 0.0170
275 331.7 -52.9 27.1 26.3 38.3 15.6 0.191 184.5 16.7 76 73.5 91.5 44.7 0.0130
300 337.7 -54.2 28.4 22.7 37.9 11.4 0.171 155.2 14.8 303.2 77.4 85.7 71.9 0.0050
320 335.5 -54.6 27.2 23.5 36.5 12.4 0.159 189.5 14 23.1 81.3 84.6 57.3 0.0050
340 339.6 -55.2 28.2 21.2 36.6 10.2 0.147 162.5 17.9 320.6 84.7 92.2 64.4 0.0080
360 335.6 -54.9 27 23.2 36.4 12.5 0.128 153.5 12.3 307 74.6 76.3 72.7 0.0050
380 339.4 -56.4 27.1 20.6 35.1 10.6 0.100 138.1 13.2 283.6 62 60.6 87.1 0.0040
400 337.2 -56.5 26.2 21.5 35.8 11.7 0.072 212.5 11.3 46.5 74.9 81.9 49.3 0.0050
420 334.6 -58.3 23.8 21.5 33.7 12.6 0.040 48 24.1 285.1 33.3 289.4 63.5 0.0040
440 336.6 -53.5 28.6 23.6 38.4 12.8 0.023 27.9 37 302.1 50.9 344.5 75.5 0.0100
460 340.1 -49.8 33.3 23.9 42.3 10.9 0.012 61.5 30 294.5 22.8 302.4 51.6 0.0040
480 339.9 -30.8 52.4 32.8 61.6 11.6 0.009 20.1 41.2 311.8 55.5 9.9 73.8 0.0030
500 333.5 -18.6 64.3 42.5 73.5 17.7 0.007 37.1 32.3 294.2 43.8 314.7 73.6 0.0040
520 342.5 10.5 282.9 35.7 286.6 66.5 0.008 28.9 18.9 273.6 49.8 257.9 79.5 0.0050
540 329.3 20.1 299.5 45.7 328.7 72.9 0.007 - - - - - - -
560 328.4 16.3 294.7 47.8 322.9 75.6 0.010 - - - - - - -
580 359.6 14.9 285.7 18.7 288.7 48.8 0.012 - - - - - - -
600 14.3 12.5 282.5 4.5 283.6 34.6 0.013 - - - - - - -
Continued (Appendix-10)
Pilot Ma 9.4 (Azimuth: 160 Hade: 74) Pilot Ma 10.5 (Azimuth: 160 Hade: 67)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 60.5 -66.8 203.3 -11 168.1 -46.1 0.655 64.3 -31.7 238.6 -7.3 221.3 -71.7 0.410
100 57.3 -69.6 200.2 -10.6 166.3 -43.5 0.270 60.1 -38.7 230.7 -6.9 204.5 -66.3 0.393
200 52.4 -63.6 205.2 -6.7 174.5 -46.3 0.158 56.4 -48.8 220.3 -8.7 185.7 -60.4 0.319
250 40.8 -76.8 191.6 -9.2 163.6 -35.8 0.127 60.8 -52.4 218.1 -12.6 176.5 -60.5 0.148
275 44.7 -70.3 197.8 -6.9 169.1 -40 0.062 65.2 -60.9 210.5 -17.6 162.3 -55.2 0.194
300 47.1 -73.9 195 -9.2 165.5 -38.5 0.055 43.7 -54.6 211.4 -4.7 182.7 -50.5 0.091
320 39.2 -68.4 198.4 -4.3 173.3 -39.4 0.031 40.9 -72.1 196 -13.5 161.9 -41.4 0.044
340 33.6 -79.4 188.6 -9.5 162.8 -33.3 0.032 38.3 -76.6 191.8 -15.5 156.3 -38.4 0.064
360 30.4 -81.8 186.4 -10.6 159.4 -31.3 0.016 49.7 -64.3 204.6 -12.3 167.7 -48.3 0.035
380 25.3 -80.7 186.6 -9.3 161.2 -31.6 0.017 42.6 -70.8 197.4 -13.2 162.4 -42.1 0.015
400 20.9 -83.6 184.2 -11.1 158.8 -29.6 0.005 45.5 -80.2 189.4 -18.6 152.9 -37.7 0.022
420 18.2 -84.9 183.2 -11.9 157.6 -29.8 0.022 41.6 -77.7 191.2 -16.7 155.1 -38.5 0.026
440 16.1 -85.7 182.5 -12.5 156.1 -28.3 0.021 37.1 -71.4 195.9 -12.1 162.8 -40.6 0.010
460 17.6 -84.3 183.5 -11.4 157.4 -29.1 0.023 38.4 -66.9 199.8 -9.7 167.3 -43.9 0.011
480 15.2 -85.8 182.4 -12.5 156.5 -28.7 0.026 35.5 -62.2 202.7 -5.8 174.6 -43.6 0.012
500 14.3 -86.7 181.9 -13.2 155.9 -28.9 0.029 32.9 -65.7 199.3 -7.3 170.7 -41.2 0.015
520 12.1 -81.6 184.5 -8.8 161.7 -29.7 0.026 40.5 -60.1 205.8 -6.4 175.8 -46.5 0.014
540 10.4 -79.3 185.7 -6.7 163.2 -29.5 0.027 43.6 -57.4 209 -6.2 178.6 -49.8 0.011
560 11.8 -77.1 186.9 -4.9 166.6 -29.4 0.031 46.6 -51.8 214.7 -4.6 185.3 -53.7 0.008
580 13.6 -72.2 189.7 -1 171.8 -30.5 0.034 50.3 -48.2 219 -4.8 189.4 -56.8 0.007
600 10.1 -74.7 187.6 -2.6 168.4 -29.7 0.036 52.4 -46.1 221.5 -5 192.1 -58.2 0.006
Continued (Appendix-10)
Pilot Z 18.2 (Azimuth: 77 Hade: 58) Pilot Z 19.5 (Azimuth: 79 Hade: 83)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 242.5 40.6 49.5 75.5 309.2 67.5 0.007 282.5 30.5 319.8 57.7 21.3 70.7 0.090
100 240.4 42.3 47.2 73.2 315.4 66.2 0.006 276.9 35.6 332.6 57 27.9 63.5 0.071
200 242.2 39.5 53.8 75.8 308.6 68.4 0.006 279.6 44.8 338 48.1 17.5 55.1 0.047
250 195.6 56.7 40.2 41.7 9.6 50.5 0.004 293.6 45.7 328.2 41.1 359.4 55.5 0.039
275 188.4 60.6 35.3 37.8 9.1 44.2 0.003 293.7 46.9 329.3 40.2 359.3 54.9 0.035
300 190.3 57.1 39.8 38.8 12.6 47.1 0.003 303.6 47.9 325.2 34.3 349.1 51.3 0.032
320 185.5 49.2 49.3 35.2 24.5 49.6 0.002 293.9 49.8 331.9 38.2 360 51.4 0.027
340 182.6 46.7 51.8 32.8 29.7 49.4 0.002 290.2 46.1 330.8 42.5 3.8 55.3 0.022
360 178.4 40.9 57.2 28.2 38.7 47.5 0.002 296.9 54.1 334.2 33.9 358.4 47.6 0.019
380 174.6 35.1 62 23.3 47.3 45.4 0.001 304.8 52.3 329.1 31.3 351.6 47.2 0.014
400 171.1 37.6 58.3 21.7 44.3 42.3 0.001 322.3 48.3 319.8 22.8 335.5 44.6 0.012
420 168.7 32.3 62.4 17.7 51.9 40.5 0.002 294.6 39.6 321.1 44.3 356.6 61.5 0.007
440 175.2 30.1 67.2 21.7 54.5 45.6 0.001 324.3 34.5 304.7 24.2 317.9 50.5 0.004
460 178 30.4 68 24 54.7 48.1 0.001 322.9 67.5 339 16.2 351.2 29.9 0.005
480 183.4 28.2 72.3 27.4 58.1 52.7 0.002 341.7 60.1 329.8 9.7 338.8 28.4 0.002
500 187.6 26.5 75.8 30.2 61.6 56.9 0.001 299.3 41.5 320.5 40.3 350.7 58.6 0.002
520 - - - - - - - 300.6 27.2 302.2 45.7 333.4 71.9 0.001
540 - - - - - - - 308.2 42.3 317.4 34.1 340.6 55.2 0.004
560 - - - - - - - 309.6 36.9 310.8 35.2 333.7 58.3 0.002
580 - - - - - - - 307.2 74.8 348.2 16.9 360 25.8 0.002
600 - - - - - - - 312.3 48.2 322.2 29 342.5 48.1 0.002
Continued (Appendix-10)
Pilot Zr 25.2 (Azimuth: 24 Hade: 55) Pilot Zr 26.2 (Azimuth: 120 Hade: 70)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 241.3 -61.9 196.9 -11.4 191.3 -10.6 0.278 207.4 -15.2 103.4 -7.5 103.6 -37.1 0.201
100 248.6 -61.7 199.9 -13.2 193.5 -13.4 0.219 205.3 -18.8 106.3 -10.5 106.4 -40.6 0.167
200 260.2 -64.1 202.5 -18.4 192.4 -19.7 0.182 208.3 -21.3 109.6 -8.6 110.2 -39.9 0.150
250 252.8 -59.7 202.9 -12.8 196.8 -14.9 0.172 212.7 -21.5 111.1 -4.8 112.5 -35.1 0.149
275 256 -59.4 204.3 -13.7 196.7 -15.7 0.162 211.3 -23.6 112.7 -6.7 114.8 -37.6 0.142
300 260.9 -59.6 206.1 -15.5 197.2 -18.2 0.157 213.8 -21.9 111.8 -4 113.6 -34.6 0.138
320 260.4 -60.4 205.3 -15.9 196.6 -18.6 0.145 208 -20.3 108.5 -8.5 109.6 -38.4 0.129
340 243.2 -64.5 196.2 -14.1 189.7 -12.8 0.123 210.9 -21.3 110.3 -6.3 111.2 -36.5 0.125
360 253.5 -62.6 201.2 -15.3 193.4 -15.5 0.131 215.1 -16.3 107 -0.9 107.4 -31.2 0.117
380 253.7 -64.5 200 -16.8 191.2 -16.3 0.123 211.5 -17.7 107.1 -4.6 107.5 -35.3 0.115
400 260.2 -63.7 202.8 -18.1 193.1 -18.9 0.115 212.8 -21.6 111.2 -4.7 112.1 -35.4 0.111
420 253.3 -65.5 199.2 -17.4 190.5 -16.7 0.108 209.4 -14.8 103.7 -5.5 103.4 -35.3 0.099
440 251.3 -63.5 199.8 -15.3 192.7 -15.4 0.099 220.6 -15.5 103.5 -8.3 103.3 -38.9 0.098
460 249.8 -65.3 198.1 -16.4 190.3 -15.6 0.099 209.3 -21.8 110.3 -7.9 111.5 -38.6 0.091
480 254.1 -64.5 200.1 -16.9 191.8 -16.1 0.080 201 -18.7 104.9 -14.4 104.6 -44.5 0.075
500 241.9 -65.4 195.3 -14.6 188.7 -12.5 0.081 204.3 -23.1 110.2 -12.7 111.9 -43.1 0.060
520 252.7 -61.4 201.7 -14.1 194.6 -15.8 0.061 195.6 -19 103.8 -19.4 102.7 -49.7 0.059
540 265.8 -60.6 207 -18 196.6 -20.3 0.048 203.6 -15.3 102.4 -11 101.4 -41.5 0.050
560 255.5 -60.8 203.2 -14.5 195.4 -16.2 0.012 198.8 -15.3 100.9 -15.4 99.5 -45.4 0.026
580 245.6 -56.2 201.8 -7.8 197.2 -9.9 0.028 216.1 -19.9 110.7 -1.2 111.5 -31.8 0.029
600 249.6 -58.9 202.1 -11.2 196.1 -12.9 0.009 215 -17.8 108.4 -1.5 109.7 -31.5 0.012
Continued (Appendix-10)
Pilot Az 31.4 (Azimuth: 22 Hade: 67) Pilot W 35.4 (Azimuth: 240 Hade: 75)
Temp ( C)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
NRM 269.7 49.4 315 31.5 96.3 86.4 0.022 85.7 74 354.2 24.6 17.4 32.1 8.348
100 292.8 47.2 314.9 16.1 325.1 78.6 0.0180 87.9 76.5 352.9 26.8 18.7 29.5 8.108
200 283.1 45.7 311.7 22.2 309.4 84.3 0.0130 50.2 72.7 3.4 32 29.6 25.7 7.698
250 305.2 52.1 322.5 10.3 343.6 70.7 0.0170 20.2 63.7 20 34.1 41.3 16.2 5.009
275 294 56.4 324.4 17.9 3.9 75 0.0110 28.8 64.6 15.9 36 40.5 20.9 5.324
300 279 56.1 322.7 26 33.7 80.5 0.0095 30.4 57.5 20.9 42 47.8 21.4 4.571
320 272 63.6 331.3 29.3 51.5 73.9 0.0083 28.8 60.4 19.3 39.2 44.4 20.6 4.268
340 273 61.8 329.2 29 50.3 75.6 0.0077 25.4 68.7 14 32 35.2 18.8 3.994
360 242.8 59.2 332.3 43.8 92.4 67.6 0.0065 20.3 75.6 10.1 25.8 28.1 17.3 3.347
380 232.5 55.5 333.1 50.4 102.8 62.5 0.0058 34.9 72.1 8.6 31 31.3 21.2 3.125
400 226.7 52.6 333.7 54.9 108.8 59.4 0.0050 28.7 66.9 14.2 34.1 37.6 19.7 3.026
420 222.2 50.9 335.7 58 110.9 56.1 0.0044 25.5 62.2 19.1 36.8 42.5 18.4 2.961
440 223.8 47.1 329.3 60.2 117.6 56.4 0.0039 36.4 39.1 36.1 58.2 67.9 25.5 2.746
460 223.4 49.6 333 58.5 112.3 56.7 0.0032 38.9 42.4 29.3 57.1 63.5 27.6 2.638
480 222 45.7 329.3 62.1 118.2 54.8 0.0030 33.6 37.8 40.6 57.3 68.4 23.9 2.537
500 217.4 40.3 326.6 68.3 124.1 49.3 0.0026 32.8 34.3 46.8 58.8 72.3 22.7 2.133
520 219.1 42.5 327.9 65.8 122.5 51.6 0.0023 37.4 36.7 38.6 60.4 70 26.4 1.912
540 237.8 38.4 305.2 55.8 140.7 62.5 0.0020 30.1 31.4 53.7 58.1 75.8 19.8 1.653
560 237.4 45.9 317.4 53.3 125.9 64.8 0.0017 29.9 32.6 51.8 57.5 74.1 19.3 1.330
580 231.9 39.2 309.5 59.9 134.3 58.9 0.0015 28.1 30.5 56.5 56.9 76.3 18.4 1.258
600 240.1 36.6 301.2 54.5 146.8 62.1 0.0010 25.4 29.1 60.2 55.1 77.2 15.2 1.103
Appendix-11
Magnetic directions of (10) pilot specimens after alternating field demagnetization using
Cryogenic magnetometer existed in (USA)
AF-Demagnetization (USA)
Alternating field

Pilot Ch 3.5 (Azimuth: 176 Hade: 64) Pilot Ma 7.4 (Azimuth: 177 Hade: 82)
(mT)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
0 211.8 -55.2 199.5 3.2 197.1 8.3 0.043 1503 26.6 230.4 58.5 238.4 -5.4 0.016
10 204.8 -57.2 195.1 3.3 193.6 5.4 0.038 149.7 40.4 212.5 49.4 225.1 -9.5 0.014
20 192.4 -37.3 194.3 24.8 181.2 23.6 0.029 139.3 40.5 219.7 43.4 226.6 -17.1 0.009
30 188.7 -20.1 196.2 42.2 170.4 38.1 0.024 148.4 39.3 214.8 49.5 226.4 -10.2 0.007
40 187.7 -18.4 195.5 44.1 168.5 40.4 0.020 144 29.1 231.4 52.5 237.4 -11.3 0.006
50 190.4 -16.6 199.7 45.1 170.6 42.5 0.019 143.4 75.8 188.2 19.7 189.4 -17.4 0.002
60 191.5 -15.6 201.6 45.7 171.2 44.7 0.018 132.5 30.8 234.9 42.6 237.5 -21.5 0.003
70 195.8 -11.6 209.5 47.7 175.3 49.6 0.016 126 65.2 200.7 22.8 199.9 -24.4 0.001
80 194.9 -18.6 204.3 41.7 177.8 42.2 0.015 126.2 41.7 224.2 34 225.8 -27.2 0.001
90 199.9 -13 213.6 44.5 181.8 49.1 0.014 146 78.1 186.4 18.1 187 -17 0.003
100 194.8 -15.5 205.8 44.6 175.4 45.8 0.014 150.2 48.7 204.2 43.4 216.8 -11.1 0.004
Pilot Ma 8.1 (Azimuth: 220 Hade: 69) Pilot K 14.1 (Azimuth: 326 Hade: 59)
0 154.9 46.5 227.4 32 227.8 -30 0.042 153.8 0.6 195.1 58.7 143.3 40.1 0.538
10 193.1 24.6 256.5 64.9 251 -2 0.037 169 14.6 237.3 63.3 139.5 61.2 0.236
20 180.8 20.3 263.8 53.4 257.1 -10.3 0.030 177.2 12.4 244 55.7 153.4 66.8 0.097
30 178.7 19.9 264.1 51.6 257.8 -11.9 0.025 182.7 10.1 246.4 50 168.7 67.4 0.049
40 179 20.6 263 51.7 257.1 -12 0.019 164.3 16.6 233.3 67.9 131.2 58.2 0.035
50 172.9 15.3 269.1 45 263.2 -17.2 0.011 158 13.3 214.6 69.1 131.9 51.2 0.026
60 184 30.1 146.8 56.4 246.9 -8.6 0.007 172 12.5 238 59.7 146.5 62.3 0.027
70 172.3 48.4 222.3 43.2 228.3 -18.1 0.002 193.5 12.1 257.4 42.3 195 73.9 0.032
80 197.7 47.3 209.1 58.1 228.1 -1.1 0.006 186.7 17.1 258.9 50.5 165.6 75.4 0.025
90 200 58.4 196.1 49.8 216.9 -2.6 0.005 172.2 14.4 241.2 60.8 143.7 63.5 0.027
100 190.3 41.4 224 57.7 234.9 -5.1 0.006 178 16.4 250.8 57.4 147.4 69.1 0.028
Continued (Appendix-11)
Pilot Z 15.4 (Azimuth: 102 Hade: 45) Pilot Z 17.3 (Azimuth: 31 Hade: 54)
Alternating
field (mT)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
0 206.5 15.2 89.1 20.8 84.2 50.5 0.006 74.4 33 98.1 54.4 89.3 84.9 0.004
10 211.7 22.7 86.5 29.5 77.3 58.6 0.004 76.8 17.4 77.7 45.5 48.7 70.2 0.003
20 213 45.6 63.4 43 31.3 62.1 0.003 77.6 8.4 68.6 39.4 42.1 62.5 0.003
30 188.3 42.4 55.4 26.1 38.3 44.4 0.003 73.6 9.9 66.7 43.4 35.5 64.1 0.004
40 162.4 39.8 42.8 10.6 34.5 25.5 0.003 58.8 9.6 50.5 53.4 2.1 63.6 0.004
50 170.1 36.5 49.6 12 40.7 29.5 0.001 62.7 4.3 95.6 64.1 305.6 85.1 0.004
60 233.9 46.2 70.3 56.8 9.9 74.3 0.001 66.6 28.4 86 59.1 11.7 83.2 0.003
70 166.3 44.2 42.1 15.8 31.6 29.4 0.002 89.7 24.7 94.4 38.8 88.4 69.8 0.003
80 147.2 22.7 74 47 39.4 70.7 0.002 82.6 30.8 98.5 47.1 95.7 77.4 0.004
90 147 62.5 20.8 23.3 7.6 26 0.002 78.1 38.6 108.5 52.8 137.5 81.6 0.003
100 117 29 42 70 323.1 65.6 0.002 68.1 30.1 90 58.5 22.6 85.3 0.004
Pilot Zr 21.2 (Azimuth: 81 Hade: 61) Pilot Zr 24.5 (Azimuth: 36 Hade: 59)
0 205.1 -63.3 157.6 -12.2 167.2 -30.3 0.545 230.1 -70.3 184.8 -11.8 192.3 -16.4 0.189
10 204.5 -60.2 155 -10.4 164.5 -29.4 0.533 228.3 -68.3 184.5 -9.7 191.7 -15.6 0.193
20 204.4 -69.6 162.3 -16.6 174.9 -31.4 0.446 228.6 -69.1 184.5 -10.5 191.5 -15.5 0.196
30 204.1 -69.6 162.2 -16.7 174.6 -31.8 0.387 228.5 -69.8 184.3 -11.2 192 -16.6 0.146
40 205.8 -69.5 162.5 -16.2 174.3 -31.6 0.340 223.7 -69.8 182.7 -10.9 190.3 -17.4 0.113
50 205.6 -69.4 162.4 -16.2 174.5 -31.5 0.299 214.5 -60.6 179.2 -1.6 182.8 -10.3 0.080
60 203.3 -68.4 161 -16.1 173.5 -32.3 0.267 211.7 -69.7 178.4 -10.7 186.7 -19.8 0.060
70 202.3 -60.2 154.3 -11.2 163.4 -30.1 0.239 196.3 -77.2 175.4 -18.8 188.9 -27 0.048
80 200.4 -60.5 153.9 -12.1 163.2 -31.5 0.207 178.9 -79.6 173.2 -22.5 188.5 -31.2 0.036
90 202.4 -66.2 123.1 -15 129.8 -43.7 0.179 148.5 -80.2 169.8 -26.8 188.3 -36.9 0.029
100 202 -63.7 156.9 -13.5 167.7 -31.6 0.154 136.1 -82.3 171.2 -29.3 191.4 -38.4 0.026
Continued (Appendix-11)

Pilot Az 28.3 (Azimuth: 323 Hade: 76) Pilot W 35.2 (Azimuth: 248 Hade: 73)
Alternating
field (mT)

Before field Before field


Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity Field-corrected Tilt-corrected Intensity
correction correction
(mAm-1) (mAm-1)
Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc Dec Inc
0 152.7 44.3 346.6 58.5 104.3 51.2 0.031 133.1 48.1 316.1 29.1 353.2 56.6 12.540
10 154.8 44.4 344 57.9 104.8 53.6 0.030 132.7 50 318.3 29.1 355.6 55.3 12.040
20 157.5 44.6 340.8 57 105.6 55.5 0.026 133.3 52.4 320.9 28.3 357.2 52.4 11.340
30 156.8 44 341.2 57.7 106.4 54.7 0.025 134.3 53.6 322.1 27.6 357.1 51.8 10.280
40 161.6 44.3 336 55.8 107.9 57.4 0.023 133.9 54.4 323.1 27.7 358.4 50.3 8.981
50 159.8 43.7 337.4 57 107.5 56.3 0.022 133.8 55 323.7 27.6 358.3 50.5 7.439
60 156.5 41.9 339.8 59.7 109.5 53.8 0.020 133.5 55.1 323.9 27.8 359.6 50.8 6.122
70 159.2 42.5 336.9 58.2 109.1 55.2 0.016 132.2 55.4 324.4 28.4 360 50.6 4.796
80 160 44.8 338.2 55.9 105.3 56.1 0.010 131.3 56.1 325.3 28.8 1.4 50.4 3.818
90 161.7 43.3 334.9 56.5 109.4 57.8 0.008 130.9 55.8 325 29.1 1.8 50.2 2.884
100 160.9 45 337.4 55.4 105.7 57.9 0.005 128.5 55.8 325.4 30.4 3.5 50.1 2.035




)(



)( -
)(

. .

You might also like